Source cleaning: whitespaces, tabs, TRUE/true, FALSE/false, -1/wxID_ANY/wxDefaultCoor...

git-svn-id: https://svn.wxwidgets.org/svn/wx/wxWidgets/trunk@29077 c3d73ce0-8a6f-49c7-b76d-6d57e0e08775

diff --git a/include/wx/calctrl.h b/include/wx/calctrl.h
index fb1f324d46bb1efb7f965ecf21774fd39a78a6ab..d96eb26df8ee2a7cd6db96509118dd613458ed5d 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/calctrl.h
+++ b/include/wx/calctrl.h
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ protected:
     void Init(wxCalendarDateBorder border = wxCAL_BORDER_NONE)
     {
         m_border = border;
     void Init(wxCalendarDateBorder border = wxCAL_BORDER_NONE)
     {
         m_border = border;

-        m_holiday = FALSE;
+        m_holiday = false;

     }
 #endif
 public:
     }
 #endif
 public:


@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ protected:
     void Init(wxCalendarDateBorder border = wxCAL_BORDER_NONE)
     {
         m_border = border;
     void Init(wxCalendarDateBorder border = wxCAL_BORDER_NONE)
     {
         m_border = border;

-        m_holiday = FALSE;
+        m_holiday = false;

     }
 #endif
 private:
     }
 #endif
 private:


@@ -205,12 +205,12 @@ END_DECLARE_EVENT_TYPES()
 
 typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxCalendarEventFunction)(wxCalendarEvent&);
 
 
 typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxCalendarEventFunction)(wxCalendarEvent&);
 

-#define EVT_CALENDAR(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(wxEVT_CALENDAR_DOUBLECLICKED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxCommandEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxCalendarEventFunction, & fn ), (wxObject *) NULL),
-#define EVT_CALENDAR_SEL_CHANGED(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(wxEVT_CALENDAR_SEL_CHANGED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxCommandEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxCalendarEventFunction, & fn ), (wxObject *) NULL),
-#define EVT_CALENDAR_DAY(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(wxEVT_CALENDAR_DAY_CHANGED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxCommandEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxCalendarEventFunction, & fn ), (wxObject *) NULL),
-#define EVT_CALENDAR_MONTH(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(wxEVT_CALENDAR_MONTH_CHANGED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxCommandEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxCalendarEventFunction, & fn ), (wxObject *) NULL),
-#define EVT_CALENDAR_YEAR(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(wxEVT_CALENDAR_YEAR_CHANGED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxCommandEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxCalendarEventFunction, & fn ), (wxObject *) NULL),
-#define EVT_CALENDAR_WEEKDAY_CLICKED(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(wxEVT_CALENDAR_WEEKDAY_CLICKED, id, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxCommandEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxCalendarEventFunction, & fn ), (wxObject *) NULL),
+#define EVT_CALENDAR(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(wxEVT_CALENDAR_DOUBLECLICKED, id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxCommandEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxCalendarEventFunction, & fn ), (wxObject *) NULL),
+#define EVT_CALENDAR_SEL_CHANGED(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(wxEVT_CALENDAR_SEL_CHANGED, id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxCommandEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxCalendarEventFunction, & fn ), (wxObject *) NULL),
+#define EVT_CALENDAR_DAY(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(wxEVT_CALENDAR_DAY_CHANGED, id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxCommandEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxCalendarEventFunction, & fn ), (wxObject *) NULL),
+#define EVT_CALENDAR_MONTH(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(wxEVT_CALENDAR_MONTH_CHANGED, id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxCommandEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxCalendarEventFunction, & fn ), (wxObject *) NULL),
+#define EVT_CALENDAR_YEAR(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(wxEVT_CALENDAR_YEAR_CHANGED, id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxCommandEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxCalendarEventFunction, & fn ), (wxObject *) NULL),
+#define EVT_CALENDAR_WEEKDAY_CLICKED(id, fn) DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY(wxEVT_CALENDAR_WEEKDAY_CLICKED, id, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction) (wxCommandEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxCalendarEventFunction, & fn ), (wxObject *) NULL),

 
 #endif // wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL
 
 
 #endif // wxUSE_CALENDARCTRL
 

diff --git a/include/wx/caret.h b/include/wx/caret.h
index 0967690a1b986ee0a21ae3c603c08cc037be4d70..16caa514d81e9146183013a8bf5ec5e857be43f5 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/caret.h
+++ b/include/wx/caret.h
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
         // show/hide the caret (should be called by wxWindow when needed):
         // Show() must be called as many times as Hide() + 1 to make the caret
         // visible
         // show/hide the caret (should be called by wxWindow when needed):
         // Show() must be called as many times as Hide() + 1 to make the caret
         // visible

-    virtual void Show(bool show = TRUE)
+    virtual void Show(bool show = true)

         {
             if ( show )
             {
         {
             if ( show )
             {


@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ public:
                     DoHide();
             }
         }
                     DoHide();
             }
         }

-    virtual void Hide() { Show(FALSE); }
+    virtual void Hide() { Show(false); }

 
         // blink time is measured in milliseconds and is the time elapsed
         // between 2 inversions of the caret (blink time of the caret is common
 
         // blink time is measured in milliseconds and is the time elapsed
         // between 2 inversions of the caret (blink time of the caret is common


@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ protected:
         m_width = width;
         m_height = height;
 
         m_width = width;
         m_height = height;
 

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 
     // pure virtuals to implement in the derived class
     }
 
     // pure virtuals to implement in the derived class


@@ -212,11 +212,11 @@ public:
     wxCaretSuspend(wxWindow *win)
     {
         m_caret = win->GetCaret();
     wxCaretSuspend(wxWindow *win)
     {
         m_caret = win->GetCaret();

-        m_show = FALSE;        
+        m_show = false;

         if ( m_caret && m_caret->IsVisible() )
         {
             m_caret->Hide();
         if ( m_caret && m_caret->IsVisible() )
         {
             m_caret->Hide();

-            m_show = TRUE;
+            m_show = true;

         }
     }
 
         }
     }
 

diff --git a/include/wx/checklst.h b/include/wx/checklst.h
index ce34f6cbcdb73d9890ca56d70905f787333ecada..8e33246ecade3c81e5b241d967479519b4d182e2 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/checklst.h
+++ b/include/wx/checklst.h
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ public:
 
     // check list box specific methods
     virtual bool IsChecked(size_t item) const = 0;
 
     // check list box specific methods
     virtual bool IsChecked(size_t item) const = 0;

-    virtual void Check(size_t item, bool check = TRUE) = 0;
+    virtual void Check(size_t item, bool check = true) = 0;

 
     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCheckListBoxBase)
 };
 
     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxCheckListBoxBase)
 };

diff --git a/include/wx/clipbrd.h b/include/wx/clipbrd.h
index f4c29ba4b71b9429b72be1c9bb533022da7c0df3..e53990c2cb54e3676086ea28c6f91017310aa7b6 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/clipbrd.h
+++ b/include/wx/clipbrd.h
@@ -65,17 +65,17 @@ public:
 
     // fill data with data on the clipboard (if available)
     virtual bool GetData( wxDataObject& data ) = 0;
 
     // fill data with data on the clipboard (if available)
     virtual bool GetData( wxDataObject& data ) = 0;

-    
+

     // clears wxTheClipboard and the system's clipboard if possible
     virtual void Clear() = 0;
 
     // flushes the clipboard: this means that the data which is currently on
     // clipboard will stay available even after the application exits (possibly
     // eating memory), otherwise the clipboard will be emptied on exit
     // clears wxTheClipboard and the system's clipboard if possible
     virtual void Clear() = 0;
 
     // flushes the clipboard: this means that the data which is currently on
     // clipboard will stay available even after the application exits (possibly
     // eating memory), otherwise the clipboard will be emptied on exit

-    virtual bool Flush() { return FALSE; }
+    virtual bool Flush() { return false; }

 
     // X11 has two clipboards which get selected by this call. Empty on MSW.
 
     // X11 has two clipboards which get selected by this call. Empty on MSW.

-    virtual void UsePrimarySelection( bool WXUNUSED(primary) = FALSE ) { }
+    virtual void UsePrimarySelection( bool WXUNUSED(primary) = false ) { }

 
     // Returns global instance (wxTheClipboard) of the object:
     static wxClipboard *Get();
 
     // Returns global instance (wxTheClipboard) of the object:
     static wxClipboard *Get();

diff --git a/include/wx/cmdline.h b/include/wx/cmdline.h
index 66beea5a44e99860db9bef5cdec33b7f76fc74db..32b7ff42ea2225098821c5e081b0efeefc1cd03b 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/cmdline.h
+++ b/include/wx/cmdline.h
@@ -129,8 +129,8 @@ public:
     void SetSwitchChars(const wxString& switchChars);
 
     // long options are not POSIX-compliant, this option allows to disable them
     void SetSwitchChars(const wxString& switchChars);
 
     // long options are not POSIX-compliant, this option allows to disable them

-    void EnableLongOptions(bool enable = TRUE);
-    void DisableLongOptions() { EnableLongOptions(FALSE); }
+    void EnableLongOptions(bool enable = true);
+    void DisableLongOptions() { EnableLongOptions(false); }

 
     bool AreLongOptionsEnabled();
 
 
     bool AreLongOptionsEnabled();
 


@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ public:
     //
     // if showUsage is true, Usage() is called in case of syntax error or if
     // help was requested
     //
     // if showUsage is true, Usage() is called in case of syntax error or if
     // help was requested

-    int Parse(bool showUsage = TRUE);
+    int Parse(bool showUsage = true);

 
     // give the usage message describing all program options
     void Usage();
 
     // give the usage message describing all program options
     void Usage();


@@ -176,19 +176,19 @@ public:
     // get the command line arguments
     // ------------------------------
 
     // get the command line arguments
     // ------------------------------
 

-    // returns TRUE if the given switch was found
+    // returns true if the given switch was found

     bool Found(const wxString& name) const;
 
     bool Found(const wxString& name) const;
 

-    // returns TRUE if an option taking a string value was found and stores the
+    // returns true if an option taking a string value was found and stores the

     // value in the provided pointer
     bool Found(const wxString& name, wxString *value) const;
 
     // value in the provided pointer
     bool Found(const wxString& name, wxString *value) const;
 

-    // returns TRUE if an option taking an integer value was found and stores
+    // returns true if an option taking an integer value was found and stores

     // the value in the provided pointer
     bool Found(const wxString& name, long *value) const;
 
 #if wxUSE_DATETIME
     // the value in the provided pointer
     bool Found(const wxString& name, long *value) const;
 
 #if wxUSE_DATETIME

-    // returns TRUE if an option taking a date value was found and stores the
+    // returns true if an option taking a date value was found and stores the

     // value in the provided pointer
     bool Found(const wxString& name, wxDateTime *value) const;
 #endif // wxUSE_DATETIME
     // value in the provided pointer
     bool Found(const wxString& name, wxDateTime *value) const;
 #endif // wxUSE_DATETIME

diff --git a/include/wx/cmdproc.h b/include/wx/cmdproc.h
index a7a55806e90842a7bdf3763122e75fdae4b3b486..563c8480d206c7d6316159883b8f302594546084 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/cmdproc.h
+++ b/include/wx/cmdproc.h
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxMenu;
 class WXDLLEXPORT wxCommand : public wxObject
 {
 public:
 class WXDLLEXPORT wxCommand : public wxObject
 {
 public:

-    wxCommand(bool canUndoIt = FALSE, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);
+    wxCommand(bool canUndoIt = false, const wxString& name = wxEmptyString);

     ~wxCommand();
 
     // Override this to perform a command
     ~wxCommand();
 
     // Override this to perform a command


@@ -61,8 +61,8 @@ public:
     virtual ~wxCommandProcessor();
 
     // Pass a command to the processor. The processor calls Do(); if
     virtual ~wxCommandProcessor();
 
     // Pass a command to the processor. The processor calls Do(); if

-    // successful, is appended to the command history unless storeIt is FALSE.
-    virtual bool Submit(wxCommand *command, bool storeIt = TRUE);
+    // successful, is appended to the command history unless storeIt is false.
+    virtual bool Submit(wxCommand *command, bool storeIt = true);

 
     // just store the command without executing it
     virtual void Store(wxCommand *command);
 
     // just store the command without executing it
     virtual void Store(wxCommand *command);

diff --git a/include/wx/cmndata.h b/include/wx/cmndata.h
index fae981643ee96e32ca5e1840eac9fcbaa19daa25..c6632a2c0b1608f95078ded51fd36ef5b1e8f1fd 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/cmndata.h
+++ b/include/wx/cmndata.h
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ public:
     wxColour        m_dataColour;
     wxColour        m_custColours[16];
     bool            m_chooseFull;
     wxColour        m_dataColour;
     wxColour        m_custColours[16];
     bool            m_chooseFull;

-    
+

 private:
     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourData)
 };
 private:
     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxColourData)
 };


@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ public:
         m_encodingInfo = data.m_encodingInfo;
         return *this;
     }
         m_encodingInfo = data.m_encodingInfo;
         return *this;
     }

-                          
+

     void SetAllowSymbols(bool flag) { m_allowSymbols = flag; }
     bool GetAllowSymbols() const { return m_allowSymbols; }
 
     void SetAllowSymbols(bool flag) { m_allowSymbols = flag; }
     bool GetAllowSymbols() const { return m_allowSymbols; }
 


@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ public:
 private:
     wxFontEncoding       m_encoding;
     wxNativeEncodingInfo m_encodingInfo;
 private:
     wxFontEncoding       m_encoding;
     wxNativeEncodingInfo m_encodingInfo;

-    
+

 private:
     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontData)
 };
 private:
     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxFontData)
 };


@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ private:
     bool            m_printSetupDialog;
     wxPrintData     m_printData;
 
     bool            m_printSetupDialog;
     wxPrintData     m_printData;
 

-private:    
+private:

     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintDialogData)
 };
 
     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPrintDialogData)
 };
 


@@ -457,7 +457,7 @@ private:
     bool            m_getDefaultInfo; // Equiv. to PSD_RETURNDEFAULT
     bool            m_enableHelp;
     wxPrintData     m_printData;
     bool            m_getDefaultInfo; // Equiv. to PSD_RETURNDEFAULT
     bool            m_enableHelp;
     wxPrintData     m_printData;

-    
+

 private:
     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPageSetupDialogData)
 };
 private:
     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxPageSetupDialogData)
 };

diff --git a/include/wx/confbase.h b/include/wx/confbase.h
index 699a9e0acef1c437395830bf1a972d274fc1944f..0e23972e4cc6c21e844082a07fff316ffb586526 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/confbase.h
+++ b/include/wx/confbase.h
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxArrayString;
 
 /// should we use registry instead of configuration files under Windows?
 // (i.e. whether wxConfigBase::Create() will create a wxFileConfig (if it's
 
 /// should we use registry instead of configuration files under Windows?
 // (i.e. whether wxConfigBase::Create() will create a wxFileConfig (if it's

-//  FALSE) or wxRegConfig (if it's true and we're under Win32))
+//  false) or wxRegConfig (if it's true and we're under Win32))

 #ifndef   wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE
   #define wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE 1
 #endif
 #ifndef   wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE
   #define wxUSE_CONFIG_NATIVE 1
 #endif


@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ public:
   static wxConfigBase *Set(wxConfigBase *pConfig);
     // get the config object, creates it on demand unless DontCreateOnDemand
     // was called
   static wxConfigBase *Set(wxConfigBase *pConfig);
     // get the config object, creates it on demand unless DontCreateOnDemand
     // was called

-  static wxConfigBase *Get(bool createOnDemand = TRUE) 
+  static wxConfigBase *Get(bool createOnDemand = true)

        { if ( createOnDemand && (!ms_pConfig) ) Create(); return ms_pConfig; }
     // create a new config object: this function will create the "best"
     // implementation of wxConfig available for the current platform, see
        { if ( createOnDemand && (!ms_pConfig) ) Create(); return ms_pConfig; }
     // create a new config object: this function will create the "best"
     // implementation of wxConfig available for the current platform, see


@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ public:
     // the created object and also sets it as ms_pConfig.
   static wxConfigBase *Create();
     // should Get() try to create a new log object if the current one is NULL?
     // the created object and also sets it as ms_pConfig.
   static wxConfigBase *Create();
     // should Get() try to create a new log object if the current one is NULL?

-  static void DontCreateOnDemand() { ms_bAutoCreate = FALSE; }
+  static void DontCreateOnDemand() { ms_bAutoCreate = false; }

 
   // ctor & virtual dtor
       // ctor (can be used as default ctor too)
 
   // ctor & virtual dtor
       // ctor (can be used as default ctor too)


@@ -137,15 +137,15 @@ public:
   virtual bool GetNextEntry (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const = 0;
     // get number of entries/subgroups in the current group, with or without
     // it's subgroups
   virtual bool GetNextEntry (wxString& str, long& lIndex) const = 0;
     // get number of entries/subgroups in the current group, with or without
     // it's subgroups

-  virtual size_t GetNumberOfEntries(bool bRecursive = FALSE) const = 0;
-  virtual size_t GetNumberOfGroups(bool bRecursive = FALSE) const = 0;
+  virtual size_t GetNumberOfEntries(bool bRecursive = false) const = 0;
+  virtual size_t GetNumberOfGroups(bool bRecursive = false) const = 0;

 
   // tests of existence
 
   // tests of existence

-    // returns TRUE if the group by this name exists
+    // returns true if the group by this name exists

   virtual bool HasGroup(const wxString& strName) const = 0;
     // same as above, but for an entry
   virtual bool HasEntry(const wxString& strName) const = 0;
   virtual bool HasGroup(const wxString& strName) const = 0;
     // same as above, but for an entry
   virtual bool HasEntry(const wxString& strName) const = 0;

-    // returns TRUE if either a group or an entry with a given name exist
+    // returns true if either a group or an entry with a given name exist

   bool Exists(const wxString& strName) const
     { return HasGroup(strName) || HasEntry(strName); }
 
   bool Exists(const wxString& strName) const
     { return HasGroup(strName) || HasEntry(strName); }
 


@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ public:
     return HasEntry(name) ? Type_String : Type_Unknown;
   }
 
     return HasEntry(name) ? Type_String : Type_Unknown;
   }
 

-  // key access: returns TRUE if value was really read, FALSE if default used
+  // key access: returns true if value was really read, false if default used

   // (and if the key is not found the default value is returned.)
 
     // read a string from the key
   // (and if the key is not found the default value is returned.)
 
     // read a string from the key


@@ -210,9 +210,9 @@ public:
     { return Write(key, wxString(value)); }
 
   // permanently writes all changes
     { return Write(key, wxString(value)); }
 
   // permanently writes all changes

-  virtual bool Flush(bool bCurrentOnly = FALSE) = 0;
+  virtual bool Flush(bool bCurrentOnly = false) = 0;

 
 

-  // renaming, all functions return FALSE on failure (probably because the new
+  // renaming, all functions return false on failure (probably because the new

   // name is already taken by an existing entry)
     // rename an entry
   virtual bool RenameEntry(const wxString& oldName,
   // name is already taken by an existing entry)
     // rename an entry
   virtual bool RenameEntry(const wxString& oldName,


@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ public:
     // deletes the specified entry and the group it belongs to if
     // it was the last key in it and the second parameter is true
   virtual bool DeleteEntry(const wxString& key,
     // deletes the specified entry and the group it belongs to if
     // it was the last key in it and the second parameter is true
   virtual bool DeleteEntry(const wxString& key,

-                           bool bDeleteGroupIfEmpty = TRUE) = 0;
+                           bool bDeleteGroupIfEmpty = true) = 0;

     // delete the group (with all subgroups)
   virtual bool DeleteGroup(const wxString& key) = 0;
     // delete the whole underlying object (disk file, registry key, ...)
     // delete the group (with all subgroups)
   virtual bool DeleteGroup(const wxString& key) = 0;
     // delete the whole underlying object (disk file, registry key, ...)


@@ -236,9 +236,9 @@ public:
     // we can automatically expand environment variables in the config entries
     // (this option is on by default, you can turn it on/off at any time)
   bool IsExpandingEnvVars() const { return m_bExpandEnvVars; }
     // we can automatically expand environment variables in the config entries
     // (this option is on by default, you can turn it on/off at any time)
   bool IsExpandingEnvVars() const { return m_bExpandEnvVars; }

-  void SetExpandEnvVars(bool bDoIt = TRUE) { m_bExpandEnvVars = bDoIt; }
+  void SetExpandEnvVars(bool bDoIt = true) { m_bExpandEnvVars = bDoIt; }

     // recording of default values
     // recording of default values

-  void SetRecordDefaults(bool bDoIt = TRUE) { m_bRecordDefaults = bDoIt; }
+  void SetRecordDefaults(bool bDoIt = true) { m_bRecordDefaults = bDoIt; }

   bool IsRecordingDefaults() const { return m_bRecordDefaults; }
   // does expansion only if needed
   wxString ExpandEnvVars(const wxString& str) const;
   bool IsRecordingDefaults() const { return m_bRecordDefaults; }
   // does expansion only if needed
   wxString ExpandEnvVars(const wxString& str) const;

diff --git a/include/wx/containr.h b/include/wx/containr.h
index cd308a23069439f246521c436fdcc24d484069b8..a70b4eadefdbddfbc660dab7c4318765614efd3b 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/containr.h
+++ b/include/wx/containr.h
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ public:
     void HandleOnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
     void HandleOnWindowDestroy(wxWindowBase *child);
 
     void HandleOnFocus(wxFocusEvent& event);
     void HandleOnWindowDestroy(wxWindowBase *child);
 

-    // should be called from SetFocus(), returns FALSE if we did nothing with
+    // should be called from SetFocus(), returns false if we did nothing with

     // the focus and the default processing should take place
     bool DoSetFocus();
 
     // the focus and the default processing should take place
     bool DoSetFocus();
 

diff --git a/include/wx/cppunit.h b/include/wx/cppunit.h
index 243e68303f81d51dc0ba25d9e39a855aa306c1cd..dbdae16f4ac1e2e3deefe07f380a8f56aff1ae22 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/cppunit.h
+++ b/include/wx/cppunit.h
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
 
 // Base macro for wrapping CPPUNIT_TEST macros and so making them conditional
 // tests, meaning that the test only get registered and thus run when a given
 
 // Base macro for wrapping CPPUNIT_TEST macros and so making them conditional
 // tests, meaning that the test only get registered and thus run when a given

-// runtime condition is true. 
+// runtime condition is true.

 // In case the condition is evaluated as false a skip message is logged
 // (the message will only be shown in verbose mode).
 #define WXTEST_ANY_WITH_CONDITION(suiteName, Condition, testMethod, anyTest) \
 // In case the condition is evaluated as false a skip message is logged
 // (the message will only be shown in verbose mode).
 #define WXTEST_ANY_WITH_CONDITION(suiteName, Condition, testMethod, anyTest) \

diff --git a/include/wx/cshelp.h b/include/wx/cshelp.h
index eb21207da121d45c2c53d47d4786173b9dc00eed..9780189ffe633083a560fc16c9b32a6142fdbe8b 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/cshelp.h
+++ b/include/wx/cshelp.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 // Created:     08/09/2000
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Copyright:   (c) 2000 Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin
 // Created:     08/09/2000
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Copyright:   (c) 2000 Julian Smart, Vadim Zeitlin

-// Licence:    wxWindows licence
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence

 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 #ifndef _WX_CSHELPH__
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 #ifndef _WX_CSHELPH__


@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
 class WXDLLEXPORT wxContextHelp : public wxObject
 {
 public:
 class WXDLLEXPORT wxContextHelp : public wxObject
 {
 public:

-    wxContextHelp(wxWindow* win = NULL, bool beginHelp = TRUE);
+    wxContextHelp(wxWindow* win = NULL, bool beginHelp = true);

     virtual ~wxContextHelp();
 
     bool BeginContextHelp(wxWindow* win);
     virtual ~wxContextHelp();
 
     bool BeginContextHelp(wxWindow* win);


@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ public:
 
 protected:
     bool    m_inHelp;
 
 protected:
     bool    m_inHelp;

-    bool    m_status; // TRUE if the user left-clicked
+    bool    m_status; // true if the user left-clicked

 
 private:
     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxContextHelp)
 
 private:
     DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxContextHelp)


@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ public:
     virtual wxString GetHelp(const wxWindowBase *window) = 0;
 
     // do show help for the given window (uses GetHelp() internally if
     virtual wxString GetHelp(const wxWindowBase *window) = 0;
 
     // do show help for the given window (uses GetHelp() internally if

-    // applicable), return TRUE if it was done or FALSE if no help available
+    // applicable), return true if it was done or false if no help available

     // for this window
     virtual bool ShowHelp(wxWindowBase *window) = 0;
 
     // for this window
     virtual bool ShowHelp(wxWindowBase *window) = 0;
 

diff --git a/include/wx/dataobj.h b/include/wx/dataobj.h
index 6c8fac34d0fb55d9d6561fa070f16b358ba31d77..05be93fee265d4aa6fc0feaf3eab9c27f0583c35 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/dataobj.h
+++ b/include/wx/dataobj.h
@@ -143,18 +143,18 @@ public:
     virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const = 0;
 
     // copy raw data (in the specified format) to the provided buffer, return
     virtual size_t GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const = 0;
 
     // copy raw data (in the specified format) to the provided buffer, return

-    // TRUE if data copied successfully, FALSE otherwise
+    // true if data copied successfully, false otherwise

     virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *buf) const = 0;
 
     // get data from the buffer of specified length (in the given format),
     virtual bool GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *buf) const = 0;
 
     // get data from the buffer of specified length (in the given format),

-    // return TRUE if the data was read successfully, FALSE otherwise
+    // return true if the data was read successfully, false otherwise

     virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
                          size_t WXUNUSED(len), const void * WXUNUSED(buf))
     {
     virtual bool SetData(const wxDataFormat& WXUNUSED(format),
                          size_t WXUNUSED(len), const void * WXUNUSED(buf))
     {

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     }
 

-    // returns TRUE if this format is supported
+    // returns true if this format is supported

     bool IsSupported(const wxDataFormat& format, Direction dir = Get) const;
 };
 
     bool IsSupported(const wxDataFormat& format, Direction dir = Get) const;
 };
 


@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ public:
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // wxDataObjectSimple is a wxDataObject which only supports one format (in
 
 // ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 // wxDataObjectSimple is a wxDataObject which only supports one format (in

-// both Get and Set directions, but you may return FALSE from GetDataHere() or
+// both Get and Set directions, but you may return false from GetDataHere() or

 // SetData() if one of them is not supported). This is the simplest possible
 // wxDataObject implementation.
 //
 // SetData() if one of them is not supported). This is the simplest possible
 // wxDataObject implementation.
 //


@@ -218,11 +218,11 @@ public:
 
     // copy our data to the buffer
     virtual bool GetDataHere(void *WXUNUSED(buf)) const
 
     // copy our data to the buffer
     virtual bool GetDataHere(void *WXUNUSED(buf)) const

-        { return FALSE; }
+        { return false; }

 
     // copy data from buffer to our data
     virtual bool SetData(size_t WXUNUSED(len), const void *WXUNUSED(buf))
 
     // copy data from buffer to our data
     virtual bool SetData(size_t WXUNUSED(len), const void *WXUNUSED(buf))

-        { return FALSE; }
+        { return false; }

 
     // implement base class pure virtuals
     // ----------------------------------
 
     // implement base class pure virtuals
     // ----------------------------------


@@ -270,8 +270,8 @@ public:
 
     // add data object (it will be deleted by wxDataObjectComposite, hence it
     // must be allocated on the heap) whose format will become the preferred
 
     // add data object (it will be deleted by wxDataObjectComposite, hence it
     // must be allocated on the heap) whose format will become the preferred

-    // one if preferred == TRUE
-    void Add(wxDataObjectSimple *dataObject, bool preferred = FALSE);
+    // one if preferred == true
+    void Add(wxDataObjectSimple *dataObject, bool preferred = false);

 
     // implement base class pure virtuals
     // ----------------------------------
 
     // implement base class pure virtuals
     // ----------------------------------


@@ -340,7 +340,7 @@ public:
     virtual size_t GetFormatCount(Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const { return 2; }
     virtual void GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats,
                                wxDataObjectBase::Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const;
     virtual size_t GetFormatCount(Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const { return 2; }
     virtual void GetAllFormats(wxDataFormat *formats,
                                wxDataObjectBase::Direction WXUNUSED(dir) = Get) const;

-                               
+

     virtual size_t GetDataSize() const { return GetDataSize(GetPreferredFormat()); }
     virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const { return GetDataHere(GetPreferredFormat(), buf); }
     virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf) { return SetData(GetPreferredFormat(), len, buf); }
     virtual size_t GetDataSize() const { return GetDataSize(GetPreferredFormat()); }
     virtual bool GetDataHere(void *buf) const { return GetDataHere(GetPreferredFormat(), buf); }
     virtual bool SetData(size_t len, const void *buf) { return SetData(GetPreferredFormat(), len, buf); }


@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ public:
 
 private:
     wxString m_text;
 
 private:
     wxString m_text;

-    
+

     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextDataObject)
 };
 
     DECLARE_NO_COPY_CLASS(wxTextDataObject)
 };
 


@@ -422,7 +422,7 @@ public:
 
     // the Get() functions do nothing for us
     virtual size_t GetDataSize() const { return 0; }
 
     // the Get() functions do nothing for us
     virtual size_t GetDataSize() const { return 0; }

-    virtual bool GetDataHere(void *WXUNUSED(buf)) const { return FALSE; }
+    virtual bool GetDataHere(void *WXUNUSED(buf)) const { return false; }

 
 protected:
     wxArrayString m_filenames;
 
 protected:
     wxArrayString m_filenames;

diff --git a/include/wx/datetime.h b/include/wx/datetime.h
index 6e45b0fcd4b9281eb6a156073a3d24cb051180bb..3004de66b106ba663561126a83eff4d096e20725 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/datetime.h
+++ b/include/wx/datetime.h
@@ -463,7 +463,7 @@ public:
         // get the current country
     static Country GetCountry();
 
         // get the current country
     static Country GetCountry();
 

-        // return TRUE if the country is a West European one (in practice,
+        // return true if the country is a West European one (in practice,

         // this means that the same DST rules as for EEC apply)
     static bool IsWestEuropeanCountry(Country country = Country_Default);
 
         // this means that the same DST rules as for EEC apply)
     static bool IsWestEuropeanCountry(Country country = Country_Default);
 


@@ -479,7 +479,7 @@ public:
         // return the current month
     static Month GetCurrentMonth(Calendar cal = Gregorian);
 
         // return the current month
     static Month GetCurrentMonth(Calendar cal = Gregorian);
 

-        // returns TRUE if the given year is a leap year in the given calendar
+        // returns true if the given year is a leap year in the given calendar

     static bool IsLeapYear(int year = Inv_Year, Calendar cal = Gregorian);
 
         // get the century (19 for 1999, 20 for 2000 and -5 for 492 BC)
     static bool IsLeapYear(int year = Inv_Year, Calendar cal = Gregorian);
 
         // get the century (19 for 1999, 20 for 2000 and -5 for 492 BC)


@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@ public:
         // get the AM and PM strings in the current locale (may be empty)
     static void GetAmPmStrings(wxString *am, wxString *pm);
 
         // get the AM and PM strings in the current locale (may be empty)
     static void GetAmPmStrings(wxString *am, wxString *pm);
 

-        // return TRUE if the given country uses DST for this year
+        // return true if the given country uses DST for this year

     static bool IsDSTApplicable(int year = Inv_Year,
                                 Country country = Country_Default);
 
     static bool IsDSTApplicable(int year = Inv_Year,
                                 Country country = Country_Default);
 


@@ -664,7 +664,7 @@ public:
     inline wxDateTime GetPrevWeekDay(WeekDay weekday) const;
 
         // set to Nth occurence of given weekday in the given month of the
     inline wxDateTime GetPrevWeekDay(WeekDay weekday) const;
 
         // set to Nth occurence of given weekday in the given month of the

-        // given year (time is set to 0), return TRUE on success and FALSE on
+        // given year (time is set to 0), return true on success and false on

         // failure. n may be positive (1..5) or negative to count from the end
         // of the month (see helper function SetToLastWeekDay())
     bool SetToWeekDay(WeekDay weekday,
         // failure. n may be positive (1..5) or negative to count from the end
         // of the month (see helper function SetToLastWeekDay())
     bool SetToWeekDay(WeekDay weekday,


@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@ public:
                                      int year = Inv_Year);
 
         // sets the date to the given day of the given week in the year,
                                      int year = Inv_Year);
 
         // sets the date to the given day of the given week in the year,

-        // returns TRUE on success and FALSE if given date doesn't exist (e.g.
+        // returns true on success and false if given date doesn't exist (e.g.

         // numWeek is > 53)
     bool SetToTheWeek(wxDateTime_t numWeek,
                       WeekDay weekday = Mon,
         // numWeek is > 53)
     bool SetToTheWeek(wxDateTime_t numWeek,
                       WeekDay weekday = Mon,


@@ -759,12 +759,12 @@ public:
     // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
         // transform to any given timezone
     // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
         // transform to any given timezone

-    inline wxDateTime ToTimezone(const TimeZone& tz, bool noDST = FALSE) const;
-    wxDateTime& MakeTimezone(const TimeZone& tz, bool noDST = FALSE);
+    inline wxDateTime ToTimezone(const TimeZone& tz, bool noDST = false) const;
+    wxDateTime& MakeTimezone(const TimeZone& tz, bool noDST = false);

 
         // transform to GMT/UTC
 
         // transform to GMT/UTC

-    wxDateTime ToGMT(bool noDST = FALSE) const { return ToTimezone(GMT0, noDST); }
-    wxDateTime& MakeGMT(bool noDST = FALSE) { return MakeTimezone(GMT0, noDST); }
+    wxDateTime ToGMT(bool noDST = false) const { return ToTimezone(GMT0, noDST); }
+    wxDateTime& MakeGMT(bool noDST = false) { return MakeTimezone(GMT0, noDST); }

 
         // is daylight savings time in effect at this moment according to the
         // rules of the specified country?
 
         // is daylight savings time in effect at this moment according to the
         // rules of the specified country?


@@ -854,20 +854,20 @@ public:
     // comparison (see also functions below for operator versions)
     // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
     // comparison (see also functions below for operator versions)
     // ------------------------------------------------------------------------
 

-        // returns TRUE if the two moments are strictly identical
+        // returns true if the two moments are strictly identical

     inline bool IsEqualTo(const wxDateTime& datetime) const;
 
     inline bool IsEqualTo(const wxDateTime& datetime) const;
 

-        // returns TRUE if the date is strictly earlier than the given one
+        // returns true if the date is strictly earlier than the given one

     inline bool IsEarlierThan(const wxDateTime& datetime) const;
 
     inline bool IsEarlierThan(const wxDateTime& datetime) const;
 

-        // returns TRUE if the date is strictly later than the given one
+        // returns true if the date is strictly later than the given one

     inline bool IsLaterThan(const wxDateTime& datetime) const;
 
     inline bool IsLaterThan(const wxDateTime& datetime) const;
 

-        // returns TRUE if the date is strictly in the given range
+        // returns true if the date is strictly in the given range

     inline bool IsStrictlyBetween(const wxDateTime& t1,
                                   const wxDateTime& t2) const;
 
     inline bool IsStrictlyBetween(const wxDateTime& t1,
                                   const wxDateTime& t2) const;
 

-        // returns TRUE if the date is in the given range
+        // returns true if the date is in the given range

     inline bool IsBetween(const wxDateTime& t1, const wxDateTime& t2) const;
 
         // do these two objects refer to the same date?
     inline bool IsBetween(const wxDateTime& t1, const wxDateTime& t2) const;
 
         // do these two objects refer to the same date?


@@ -984,7 +984,7 @@ private:
     // fixed to 1000
     static const long TIME_T_FACTOR;
 
     // fixed to 1000
     static const long TIME_T_FACTOR;
 

-    // returns TRUE if we fall in range in which we can use standard ANSI C
+    // returns true if we fall in range in which we can use standard ANSI C

     // functions
     inline bool IsInStdRange() const;
 
     // functions
     inline bool IsInStdRange() const;
 


@@ -1096,11 +1096,11 @@ public:
         // are two timespans equal?
     inline bool IsEqualTo(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const;
         // compare two timestamps: works with the absolute values, i.e. -2
         // are two timespans equal?
     inline bool IsEqualTo(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const;
         // compare two timestamps: works with the absolute values, i.e. -2

-        // hours is longer than 1 hour. Also, it will return FALSE if the
+        // hours is longer than 1 hour. Also, it will return false if the

         // timespans are equal in absolute value.
     inline bool IsLongerThan(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const;
         // compare two timestamps: works with the absolute values, i.e. 1
         // timespans are equal in absolute value.
     inline bool IsLongerThan(const wxTimeSpan& ts) const;
         // compare two timestamps: works with the absolute values, i.e. 1

-        // hour is shorter than -2 hours. Also, it will return FALSE if the
+        // hour is shorter than -2 hours. Also, it will return false if the

         // timespans are equal in absolute value.
     bool IsShorterThan(const wxTimeSpan& t) const { return !IsLongerThan(t); }
 
         // timespans are equal in absolute value.
     bool IsShorterThan(const wxTimeSpan& t) const { return !IsLongerThan(t); }
 


@@ -1301,7 +1301,7 @@ class WXDLLIMPEXP_BASE wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority
 {
 friend class wxDateTimeHolidaysModule;
 public:
 {
 friend class wxDateTimeHolidaysModule;
 public:

-    // returns TRUE if the given date is a holiday
+    // returns true if the given date is a holiday

     static bool IsHoliday(const wxDateTime& dt);
 
     // fills the provided array with all holidays in the given range, returns
     static bool IsHoliday(const wxDateTime& dt);
 
     // fills the provided array with all holidays in the given range, returns

diff --git a/include/wx/datstrm.h b/include/wx/datstrm.h
index 18738669d8890455ac722575159194c535b08b3f..76d82f61333c8021180d43e810e7cc2f001995e3 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/datstrm.h
+++ b/include/wx/datstrm.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 // Created:     28/06/1998
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Copyright:   (c) Guilhem Lavaux
 // Created:     28/06/1998
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Copyright:   (c) Guilhem Lavaux

-// Licence:    wxWindows licence
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence

 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 #ifndef _WX_DATSTREAM_H_
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 #ifndef _WX_DATSTREAM_H_


@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ public:
     wxDataInputStream(wxInputStream& s);
 #endif
     ~wxDataInputStream();
     wxDataInputStream(wxInputStream& s);
 #endif
     ~wxDataInputStream();

-    
+

     bool IsOk() { return m_input->IsOk(); }
 
     wxUint64 Read64();
     bool IsOk() { return m_input->IsOk(); }
 
     wxUint64 Read64();

diff --git a/include/wx/db.h b/include/wx/db.h
index 9cb6da18de0e2d99ed85e61844af2ebf7023e4e3..1db41bad87af4361881824cb9aacb274c10dc9e8 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/db.h
+++ b/include/wx/db.h
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 #define _WX_DB_H_
 
 
 #define _WX_DB_H_
 
 

-// BJO 20000503: introduce new GetColumns members which are more database independant and 
+// BJO 20000503: introduce new GetColumns members which are more database independant and

 //               return columns in the order they were created
 #define OLD_GETCOLUMNS 1
 #define EXPERIMENTAL_WXDB_FUNCTIONS 1
 //               return columns in the order they were created
 #define OLD_GETCOLUMNS 1
 #define EXPERIMENTAL_WXDB_FUNCTIONS 1


@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
 #include "wx/defs.h"
 #include "wx/string.h"
 
 #include "wx/defs.h"
 #include "wx/string.h"
 

-#if defined(__VISUALC__) 
+#if defined(__VISUALC__)

     // we need to include standard Windows headers but we can't include
     // <windows.h> directly when using MFC because it includes it itself in a
     // different manner
     // we need to include standard Windows headers but we can't include
     // <windows.h> directly when using MFC because it includes it itself in a
     // different manner


@@ -293,8 +293,8 @@ class WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC wxDbConnectInf
     public:
 
         wxDbConnectInf();
     public:
 
         wxDbConnectInf();

-        wxDbConnectInf(HENV henv, const wxString &dsn, const wxString &userID=wxEmptyString, 
-                       const wxString &password=wxEmptyString, const wxString &defaultDir=wxEmptyString, 
+        wxDbConnectInf(HENV henv, const wxString &dsn, const wxString &userID=wxEmptyString,
+                       const wxString &password=wxEmptyString, const wxString &defaultDir=wxEmptyString,

                        const wxString &description=wxEmptyString, const wxString &fileType=wxEmptyString);
 
         ~wxDbConnectInf();
                        const wxString &description=wxEmptyString, const wxString &fileType=wxEmptyString);
 
         ~wxDbConnectInf();


@@ -488,13 +488,13 @@ private:
     wxDBMS           dbmsType;        // Type of datasource - i.e. Oracle, dBase, SQLServer, etc
 
     // Private member functions
     wxDBMS           dbmsType;        // Type of datasource - i.e. Oracle, dBase, SQLServer, etc
 
     // Private member functions

-    bool             getDbInfo(bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported=TRUE);
+    bool             getDbInfo(bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported=true);

     bool             getDataTypeInfo(SWORD fSqlType, wxDbSqlTypeInfo &structSQLTypeInfo);
     bool             setConnectionOptions(void);
     void             logError(const wxString &errMsg, const wxString &SQLState);
     const wxChar    *convertUserID(const wxChar *userID, wxString &UserID);
     void             initialize();
     bool             getDataTypeInfo(SWORD fSqlType, wxDbSqlTypeInfo &structSQLTypeInfo);
     bool             setConnectionOptions(void);
     void             logError(const wxString &errMsg, const wxString &SQLState);
     const wxChar    *convertUserID(const wxChar *userID, wxString &UserID);
     void             initialize();

-    bool             open(bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported=TRUE);
+    bool             open(bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported=true);

 
 #if !wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY
     // ODBC handles
 
 #if !wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY
     // ODBC handles


@@ -606,9 +606,9 @@ public:
     ~wxDb();
 
     // Data Source Name, User ID, Password and whether open should fail on data type not supported
     ~wxDb();
 
     // Data Source Name, User ID, Password and whether open should fail on data type not supported

-    bool         Open(const wxString& inConnectStr, bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported=TRUE);
-    bool         Open(const wxString &Dsn, const wxString &Uid, const wxString &AuthStr, bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported=TRUE);
-    bool         Open(wxDbConnectInf *dbConnectInf, bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported=TRUE);
+    bool         Open(const wxString& inConnectStr, bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported=true);
+    bool         Open(const wxString &Dsn, const wxString &Uid, const wxString &AuthStr, bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported=true);
+    bool         Open(wxDbConnectInf *dbConnectInf, bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported=true);

     bool         Open(wxDb *copyDb);  // pointer to a wxDb whose connection info should be copied rather than re-queried
     void         Close(void);
     bool         CommitTrans(void);
     bool         Open(wxDb *copyDb);  // pointer to a wxDb whose connection info should be copied rather than re-queried
     void         Close(void);
     bool         CommitTrans(void);


@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ public:
     bool         DispAllErrors(HENV aHenv, HDBC aHdbc = SQL_NULL_HDBC, HSTMT aHstmt = SQL_NULL_HSTMT);
     bool         GetNextError(HENV aHenv, HDBC aHdbc = SQL_NULL_HDBC, HSTMT aHstmt = SQL_NULL_HSTMT);
     void         DispNextError(void);
     bool         DispAllErrors(HENV aHenv, HDBC aHdbc = SQL_NULL_HDBC, HSTMT aHstmt = SQL_NULL_HSTMT);
     bool         GetNextError(HENV aHenv, HDBC aHdbc = SQL_NULL_HDBC, HSTMT aHstmt = SQL_NULL_HSTMT);
     void         DispNextError(void);

-    bool         CreateView(const wxString &viewName, const wxString &colList, const wxString &pSqlStmt, bool attemptDrop=TRUE);
+    bool         CreateView(const wxString &viewName, const wxString &colList, const wxString &pSqlStmt, bool attemptDrop=true);

     bool         DropView(const wxString &viewName);
     bool         ExecSql(const wxString &pSqlStmt);
     bool         GetNext(void);
     bool         DropView(const wxString &viewName);
     bool         ExecSql(const wxString &pSqlStmt);
     bool         GetNext(void);


@@ -628,7 +628,7 @@ public:
     int          GetKeyFields(const wxString &tableName, wxDbColInf* colInf, UWORD noCols);
 
     wxDbColInf  *GetColumns(wxChar *tableName[], const wxChar *userID=NULL);
     int          GetKeyFields(const wxString &tableName, wxDbColInf* colInf, UWORD noCols);
 
     wxDbColInf  *GetColumns(wxChar *tableName[], const wxChar *userID=NULL);

-    wxDbColInf  *GetColumns(const wxString &tableName, UWORD *numCols, const wxChar *userID=NULL); 
+    wxDbColInf  *GetColumns(const wxString &tableName, UWORD *numCols, const wxChar *userID=NULL);

 
     int             GetColumnCount(const wxString &tableName, const wxChar *userID=NULL);
     const wxChar   *GetDatabaseName(void)  {return dbInf.dbmsName;}
 
     int             GetColumnCount(const wxString &tableName, const wxChar *userID=NULL);
     const wxChar   *GetDatabaseName(void)  {return dbInf.dbmsName;}


@@ -651,25 +651,25 @@ public:
     wxDbSqlTypeInfo GetTypeInfBlob()       {return typeInfBlob;}
 
     // tableName can refer to a table, view, alias or synonym
     wxDbSqlTypeInfo GetTypeInfBlob()       {return typeInfBlob;}
 
     // tableName can refer to a table, view, alias or synonym

-    bool         TableExists(const wxString &tableName, const wxChar *userID=NULL, 
+    bool         TableExists(const wxString &tableName, const wxChar *userID=NULL,

                              const wxString &tablePath=wxEmptyString);
                              const wxString &tablePath=wxEmptyString);

-    bool         TablePrivileges(const wxString &tableName, const wxString &priv, 
-                                 const wxChar *userID=NULL, const wxChar *schema=NULL, 
+    bool         TablePrivileges(const wxString &tableName, const wxString &priv,
+                                 const wxChar *userID=NULL, const wxChar *schema=NULL,

                                  const wxString &path=wxEmptyString);
 
     // These two functions return the table name or column name in a form ready
     // for use in SQL statements.  For example, if the datasource allows spaces
     // in the table name or column name, the returned string will have the
                                  const wxString &path=wxEmptyString);
 
     // These two functions return the table name or column name in a form ready
     // for use in SQL statements.  For example, if the datasource allows spaces
     // in the table name or column name, the returned string will have the

-    // correct enclosing marks around the name to allow it to be properly 
+    // correct enclosing marks around the name to allow it to be properly

     // included in a SQL statement
     const wxString  SQLTableName(const wxChar *tableName);
     const wxString  SQLColumnName(const wxChar *colName);
 
     // included in a SQL statement
     const wxString  SQLTableName(const wxChar *tableName);
     const wxString  SQLColumnName(const wxChar *colName);
 

-    void         LogError(const wxString &errMsg, const wxString &SQLState = wxEmptyString) 
+    void         LogError(const wxString &errMsg, const wxString &SQLState = wxEmptyString)

                         { logError(errMsg, SQLState); }
     void         SetDebugErrorMessages(bool state) { silent = !state; }
                         { logError(errMsg, SQLState); }
     void         SetDebugErrorMessages(bool state) { silent = !state; }

-    bool         SetSqlLogging(wxDbSqlLogState state, const wxString &filename = SQL_LOG_FILENAME, 
-                               bool append = FALSE);
+    bool         SetSqlLogging(wxDbSqlLogState state, const wxString &filename = SQL_LOG_FILENAME,
+                               bool append = false);

     bool         WriteSqlLog(const wxString &logMsg);
 
     wxDBMS       Dbms(void);
     bool         WriteSqlLog(const wxString &logMsg);
 
     wxDBMS       Dbms(void);


@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ wxDbSqlLog(wxDbSqlLogState state, const wxString &filename = SQL_LOG_FILENAME);
 #if 0
 // MSW/VC6 ONLY!!!  Experimental
 int WXDLLEXPORT wxDbCreateDataSource(const wxString &driverName, const wxString &dsn, const wxString &description=wxEmptyString,
 #if 0
 // MSW/VC6 ONLY!!!  Experimental
 int WXDLLEXPORT wxDbCreateDataSource(const wxString &driverName, const wxString &dsn, const wxString &description=wxEmptyString,

-                                     bool sysDSN=FALSE, const wxString &defDir=wxEmptyString, wxWindow *parent=NULL);
+                                     bool sysDSN=false, const wxString &defDir=wxEmptyString, wxWindow *parent=NULL);

 #endif
 
 // This routine allows you to query a driver manager
 #endif
 
 // This routine allows you to query a driver manager

diff --git a/include/wx/dbgrid.h b/include/wx/dbgrid.h
index 7be25daf909ddaf065ae5b3790bd46a77d0fa112..c057b4b1165a54117e816ed58d75088588035e51 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/dbgrid.h
+++ b/include/wx/dbgrid.h
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ class WXDLLIMPEXP_DBGRID wxDbGridTableBase : public wxGridTableBase
 {
 public:
     wxDbGridTableBase(wxDbTable *tab, wxDbGridColInfo *ColInfo,
 {
 public:
     wxDbGridTableBase(wxDbTable *tab, wxDbGridColInfo *ColInfo,

-              int count = wxUSE_QUERY, bool takeOwnership = TRUE);
+              int count = wxUSE_QUERY, bool takeOwnership = true);

     ~wxDbGridTableBase();
 
     virtual int GetNumberRows()
     ~wxDbGridTableBase();
 
     virtual int GetNumberRows()


@@ -150,12 +150,12 @@ public:
 
     virtual wxString GetColLabelValue(int col);
 
 
     virtual wxString GetColLabelValue(int col);
 

-    virtual bool     AssignDbTable(wxDbTable *tab, int count = wxUSE_QUERY, bool takeOwnership=TRUE);
+    virtual bool     AssignDbTable(wxDbTable *tab, int count = wxUSE_QUERY, bool takeOwnership=true);

     virtual void     ValidateRow(int row);
     virtual bool     UpdateRow(int row) const
     {
         if (m_row != row)
     virtual void     ValidateRow(int row);
     virtual bool     UpdateRow(int row) const
     {
         if (m_row != row)

-            return TRUE;
+            return true;

         else
             return Writeback();
     }
         else
             return Writeback();
     }

diff --git a/include/wx/dbkeyg.h b/include/wx/dbkeyg.h
index d6187688b92e3b681a32ac4418147925eed507fb..1c6f8da3c845385e1292f96394e48d554c60dcfa 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/dbkeyg.h
+++ b/include/wx/dbkeyg.h
@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 // Purpose:     Generic key support for wxDbTable
 // Author:      Roger Gammans
 // Modified by:
 // Purpose:     Generic key support for wxDbTable
 // Author:      Roger Gammans
 // Modified by:

-// Created:     
+// Created:

 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Copyright:   (c) 1999 The Computer Surgery (roger@computer-surgery.co.uk)
 // Licence:     wxWindows licence
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Copyright:   (c) 1999 The Computer Surgery (roger@computer-surgery.co.uk)
 // Licence:     wxWindows licence

diff --git a/include/wx/dbtable.h b/include/wx/dbtable.h
index a6b3bd34cbdd945d5d84a5bfd2c8746719fc0cc1..d59066b2151c1f1088c5cb7e8afe6057f2377343 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/dbtable.h
+++ b/include/wx/dbtable.h
@@ -32,8 +32,8 @@
 
 const int   wxDB_ROWID_LEN       = 24;  // 18 is the max, 24 is in case it gets larger
 const int   wxDB_DEFAULT_CURSOR  = 0;
 
 const int   wxDB_ROWID_LEN       = 24;  // 18 is the max, 24 is in case it gets larger
 const int   wxDB_DEFAULT_CURSOR  = 0;

-const bool  wxDB_QUERY_ONLY      = TRUE;
-const bool  wxDB_DISABLE_VIEW    = TRUE;
+const bool  wxDB_QUERY_ONLY      = true;
+const bool  wxDB_DISABLE_VIEW    = true;

 
 // Used to indicate end of a variable length list of
 // column numbers passed to member functions
 
 // Used to indicate end of a variable length list of
 // column numbers passed to member functions


@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ public:
     SWORD   SqlCtype;                           // C data type; e.g. SQL_C_LONG
     void   *PtrDataObj;                         // Address of the data object
     int     SzDataObj;                          // Size, in bytes, of the data object
     SWORD   SqlCtype;                           // C data type; e.g. SQL_C_LONG
     void   *PtrDataObj;                         // Address of the data object
     int     SzDataObj;                          // Size, in bytes, of the data object

-    bool    KeyField;                           // TRUE if this column is part of the PRIMARY KEY to the table; Date fields should NOT be KeyFields.
+    bool    KeyField;                           // true if this column is part of the PRIMARY KEY to the table; Date fields should NOT be KeyFields.

     bool    Updateable;                         // Specifies whether this column is updateable
     bool    InsertAllowed;                      // Specifies whether this column should be included in an INSERT statement
     bool    DerivedCol;                         // Specifies whether this column is a derived value
     bool    Updateable;                         // Specifies whether this column is updateable
     bool    InsertAllowed;                      // Specifies whether this column should be included in an INSERT statement
     bool    DerivedCol;                         // Specifies whether this column is a derived value


@@ -181,27 +181,27 @@ public:
 #endif
     // Public member functions
     wxDbTable(wxDb *pwxDb, const wxString &tblName, const UWORD numColumns,
 #endif
     // Public member functions
     wxDbTable(wxDb *pwxDb, const wxString &tblName, const UWORD numColumns,

-              const wxString &qryTblName=wxEmptyString, bool qryOnly = !wxDB_QUERY_ONLY, 
+              const wxString &qryTblName=wxEmptyString, bool qryOnly = !wxDB_QUERY_ONLY,

               const wxString &tblPath=wxEmptyString);
 
     // DEPRECATED
     wxDbTable(wxDb *pwxDb, const wxString &tblName, const UWORD numColumns,
               const wxString &tblPath=wxEmptyString);
 
     // DEPRECATED
     wxDbTable(wxDb *pwxDb, const wxString &tblName, const UWORD numColumns,

-              const wxChar *qryTblName=wxEmptyString, bool qryOnly = !wxDB_QUERY_ONLY, 
+              const wxChar *qryTblName=wxEmptyString, bool qryOnly = !wxDB_QUERY_ONLY,

               const wxString &tblPath=wxEmptyString);
 
     virtual ~wxDbTable();
 
               const wxString &tblPath=wxEmptyString);
 
     virtual ~wxDbTable();
 

-    bool            Open(bool checkPrivileges=FALSE, bool checkTableExists=TRUE);
-    bool            CreateTable(bool attemptDrop=TRUE);
+    bool            Open(bool checkPrivileges=false, bool checkTableExists=true);
+    bool            CreateTable(bool attemptDrop=true);

     bool            DropTable(void);
     bool            DropTable(void);

-    bool            CreateIndex(const wxString &idxName, bool unique, UWORD noIdxCols, 
-                                wxDbIdxDef *pIdxDefs, bool attemptDrop=TRUE);
+    bool            CreateIndex(const wxString &idxName, bool unique, UWORD noIdxCols,
+                                wxDbIdxDef *pIdxDefs, bool attemptDrop=true);

     bool            DropIndex(const wxString &idxName);
 
     // Accessors
 
     // The member variables returned by these accessors are all
     bool            DropIndex(const wxString &idxName);
 
     // Accessors
 
     // The member variables returned by these accessors are all

-    // set when the wxDbTable instance is created and cannot be 
+    // set when the wxDbTable instance is created and cannot be

     // changed, hence there is no corresponding SetXxxx function
     wxDb           *GetDb()              { return pDb; }
     const wxString &GetTableName()       { return tableName; }
     // changed, hence there is no corresponding SetXxxx function
     wxDb           *GetDb()              { return pDb; }
     const wxString &GetTableName()       { return tableName; }


@@ -238,10 +238,10 @@ public:
     bool            Delete(void);
     bool            DeleteWhere(const wxString &pWhereClause);
     bool            DeleteMatching(void);
     bool            Delete(void);
     bool            DeleteWhere(const wxString &pWhereClause);
     bool            DeleteMatching(void);

-    virtual bool    Query(bool forUpdate = FALSE, bool distinct = FALSE);
+    virtual bool    Query(bool forUpdate = false, bool distinct = false);

     bool            QueryBySqlStmt(const wxString &pSqlStmt);
     bool            QueryBySqlStmt(const wxString &pSqlStmt);

-    bool            QueryMatching(bool forUpdate = FALSE, bool distinct = FALSE);
-    bool            QueryOnKeyFields(bool forUpdate = FALSE, bool distinct = FALSE);
+    bool            QueryMatching(bool forUpdate = false, bool distinct = false);
+    bool            QueryOnKeyFields(bool forUpdate = false, bool distinct = false);

     bool            Refresh(void);
     bool            GetNext(void)   { return(getRec(SQL_FETCH_NEXT));  }
     bool            operator++(int) { return(getRec(SQL_FETCH_NEXT));  }
     bool            Refresh(void);
     bool            GetNext(void)   { return(getRec(SQL_FETCH_NEXT));  }
     bool            operator++(int) { return(getRec(SQL_FETCH_NEXT));  }


@@ -265,8 +265,8 @@ public:
     void            BuildUpdateStmt(wxString &pSqlStmt, int typeOfUpd, const wxString &pWhereClause=wxEmptyString);
     void            BuildUpdateStmt(wxChar *pSqlStmt, int typeOfUpd, const wxString &pWhereClause=wxEmptyString);
 
     void            BuildUpdateStmt(wxString &pSqlStmt, int typeOfUpd, const wxString &pWhereClause=wxEmptyString);
     void            BuildUpdateStmt(wxChar *pSqlStmt, int typeOfUpd, const wxString &pWhereClause=wxEmptyString);
 

-    void            BuildWhereClause(wxString &pWhereClause, int typeOfWhere, const wxString &qualTableName=wxEmptyString, bool useLikeComparison=FALSE);
-    void            BuildWhereClause(wxChar *pWhereClause, int typeOfWhere, const wxString &qualTableName=wxEmptyString, bool useLikeComparison=FALSE);
+    void            BuildWhereClause(wxString &pWhereClause, int typeOfWhere, const wxString &qualTableName=wxEmptyString, bool useLikeComparison=false);
+    void            BuildWhereClause(wxChar *pWhereClause, int typeOfWhere, const wxString &qualTableName=wxEmptyString, bool useLikeComparison=false);

 
 #if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY
 // The following member functions are deprecated.  You should use the BuildXxxxxStmt functions (above)
 
 #if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY
 // The following member functions are deprecated.  You should use the BuildXxxxxStmt functions (above)


@@ -276,43 +276,43 @@ public:
                            { BuildDeleteStmt(pSqlStmt,typeOfDel,pWhereClause); }
     void            GetUpdateStmt(char *pSqlStmt, int typeOfUpd, const char *pWhereClause = NULL)
                            { BuildUpdateStmt(pSqlStmt,typeOfUpd,pWhereClause); }
                            { BuildDeleteStmt(pSqlStmt,typeOfDel,pWhereClause); }
     void            GetUpdateStmt(char *pSqlStmt, int typeOfUpd, const char *pWhereClause = NULL)
                            { BuildUpdateStmt(pSqlStmt,typeOfUpd,pWhereClause); }

-    void            GetWhereClause(char *pWhereClause, int typeOfWhere, 
-                                   const char *qualTableName = NULL, bool useLikeComparison=FALSE)
+    void            GetWhereClause(char *pWhereClause, int typeOfWhere,
+                                   const char *qualTableName = NULL, bool useLikeComparison=false)

                            { BuildWhereClause(pWhereClause,typeOfWhere,qualTableName,useLikeComparison); }
 #endif
     bool            CanSelectForUpdate(void);
     bool            CanUpdByROWID(void);
                            { BuildWhereClause(pWhereClause,typeOfWhere,qualTableName,useLikeComparison); }
 #endif
     bool            CanSelectForUpdate(void);
     bool            CanUpdByROWID(void);

-    void            ClearMemberVar(UWORD colNo, bool setToNull=FALSE);
-    void            ClearMemberVars(bool setToNull=FALSE);
+    void            ClearMemberVar(UWORD colNo, bool setToNull=false);
+    void            ClearMemberVars(bool setToNull=false);

     bool            SetQueryTimeout(UDWORD nSeconds);
 
     wxDbColDef     *GetColDefs() { return colDefs; }
     bool            SetQueryTimeout(UDWORD nSeconds);
 
     wxDbColDef     *GetColDefs() { return colDefs; }

-    void            SetColDefs(UWORD index, const wxString &fieldName, int dataType, 
+    void            SetColDefs(UWORD index, const wxString &fieldName, int dataType,

                                void *pData, SWORD cType,
                                void *pData, SWORD cType,

-                               int size, bool keyField = FALSE, bool upd = TRUE,
-                               bool insAllow = TRUE, bool derivedCol = FALSE);
+                               int size, bool keyField = false, bool upd = true,
+                               bool insAllow = true, bool derivedCol = false);

     wxDbColDataPtr *SetColDefs(wxDbColInf *colInfs, UWORD numCols);
 
     bool            CloseCursor(HSTMT cursor);
     bool            DeleteCursor(HSTMT *hstmtDel);
     void            SetCursor(HSTMT *hstmtActivate = (void **) wxDB_DEFAULT_CURSOR);
     HSTMT           GetCursor(void) { return(hstmt); }
     wxDbColDataPtr *SetColDefs(wxDbColInf *colInfs, UWORD numCols);
 
     bool            CloseCursor(HSTMT cursor);
     bool            DeleteCursor(HSTMT *hstmtDel);
     void            SetCursor(HSTMT *hstmtActivate = (void **) wxDB_DEFAULT_CURSOR);
     HSTMT           GetCursor(void) { return(hstmt); }

-    HSTMT          *GetNewCursor(bool setCursor = FALSE, bool bindColumns = TRUE);
+    HSTMT          *GetNewCursor(bool setCursor = false, bool bindColumns = true);

 #if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY
 // The following member function is deprecated.  You should use the GetNewCursor
 #if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY
 // The following member function is deprecated.  You should use the GetNewCursor

-    HSTMT          *NewCursor(bool setCursor = FALSE, bool bindColumns = TRUE) {  return GetNewCursor(setCursor,bindColumns); }
+    HSTMT          *NewCursor(bool setCursor = false, bool bindColumns = true) {  return GetNewCursor(setCursor,bindColumns); }

 #endif
 
     ULONG           Count(const wxString &args=_T("*"));
     int             DB_STATUS(void) { return(pDb->DB_STATUS); }
 
     bool            IsColNull(UWORD colNo) const;
 #endif
 
     ULONG           Count(const wxString &args=_T("*"));
     int             DB_STATUS(void) { return(pDb->DB_STATUS); }
 
     bool            IsColNull(UWORD colNo) const;

-    bool            SetColNull(UWORD colNo, bool set=TRUE);
-    bool            SetColNull(const wxString &colName, bool set=TRUE);
+    bool            SetColNull(UWORD colNo, bool set=true);
+    bool            SetColNull(const wxString &colName, bool set=true);

 #if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY
 // The following member functions are deprecated.  You should use the SetColNull()
 #if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY
 // The following member functions are deprecated.  You should use the SetColNull()

-    bool            SetNull(int colNo, bool set=TRUE) { return (SetNull(colNo,set)); }
-    bool            SetNull(const char *colName, bool set=TRUE) { return (SetNull(colName,set)); }
+    bool            SetNull(int colNo, bool set=true) { return (SetNull(colNo,set)); }
+    bool            SetNull(const char *colName, bool set=true) { return (SetNull(colName,set)); }

 #endif
 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
     ULONG           GetTableID() { return tableID; }
 #endif
 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
     ULONG           GetTableID() { return tableID; }


@@ -334,7 +334,7 @@ public:
 //      typedef enum {unmodified=0, UpdatePending, InsertPending } recStatus;
 
 //      recStatus  get_ModifiedStatus() { return m_recstatus; }
 //      typedef enum {unmodified=0, UpdatePending, InsertPending } recStatus;
 
 //      recStatus  get_ModifiedStatus() { return m_recstatus; }

-        
+

 //      void modify() {
 //          if (m_recstatus==unmodified)
 //              m_recstatus=UpdatePending;
 //      void modify() {
 //          if (m_recstatus==unmodified)
 //              m_recstatus=UpdatePending;

diff --git a/include/wx/dc.h b/include/wx/dc.h
index 24899df0a05e864902b616b4c39b02c9b9f63d29..cf1b3fdcbcf7e91bede748601aee9b8729be02e7 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/dc.h
+++ b/include/wx/dc.h
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxDrawObject
 public:
 
     wxDrawObject()
 public:
 
     wxDrawObject()

-        : m_isBBoxValid(FALSE)
+        : m_isBBoxValid(false)

         , m_minX(0), m_minY(0), m_maxX(0), m_maxY(0)
     { }
 
         , m_minX(0), m_minY(0), m_maxX(0), m_maxY(0)
     { }
 


@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ public:
       }
       else
       {
       }
       else
       {

-         m_isBBoxValid = TRUE;
+         m_isBBoxValid = true;

 
          m_minX = x;
          m_minY = y;
 
          m_minX = x;
          m_minY = y;


@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ public:
 
     void ResetBoundingBox()
     {
 
     void ResetBoundingBox()
     {

-        m_isBBoxValid = FALSE;
+        m_isBBoxValid = false;

 
         m_minX = m_maxX = m_minY = m_maxY = 0;
     }
 
         m_minX = m_maxX = m_minY = m_maxY = 0;
     }


@@ -106,10 +106,10 @@ class WXDLLEXPORT wxDCBase : public wxObject
 public:
     wxDCBase()
         : m_colour(wxColourDisplay())
 public:
     wxDCBase()
         : m_colour(wxColourDisplay())

-        , m_ok(TRUE)
-        , m_clipping(FALSE)
+        , m_ok(true)
+        , m_clipping(false)

         , m_isInteractive(0)
         , m_isInteractive(0)

-        , m_isBBoxValid(FALSE)
+        , m_isBBoxValid(false)

         , m_logicalOriginX(0), m_logicalOriginY(0)
         , m_deviceOriginX(0), m_deviceOriginY(0)
         , m_logicalScaleX(1.0), m_logicalScaleY(1.0)
         , m_logicalOriginX(0), m_logicalOriginY(0)
         , m_deviceOriginX(0), m_deviceOriginY(0)
         , m_logicalScaleX(1.0), m_logicalScaleY(1.0)


@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ public:
         , m_font()
 #if wxUSE_PALETTE
         , m_palette()
         , m_font()
 #if wxUSE_PALETTE
         , m_palette()

-        , m_hasCustomPalette(FALSE)
+        , m_hasCustomPalette(false)

 #endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
     {
         ResetBoundingBox();
 #endif // wxUSE_PALETTE
     {
         ResetBoundingBox();


@@ -251,10 +251,10 @@ public:
         { DoDrawIcon(icon, pt.x, pt.y); }
 
     void DrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
         { DoDrawIcon(icon, pt.x, pt.y); }
 
     void DrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,

-                    bool useMask = FALSE)
+                    bool useMask = false)

         { DoDrawBitmap(bmp, x, y, useMask); }
     void DrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, const wxPoint& pt,
         { DoDrawBitmap(bmp, x, y, useMask); }
     void DrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, const wxPoint& pt,

-                    bool useMask = FALSE)
+                    bool useMask = false)

         { DoDrawBitmap(bmp, pt.x, pt.y, useMask); }
 
     void DrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y)
         { DoDrawBitmap(bmp, pt.x, pt.y, useMask); }
 
     void DrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y)


@@ -285,14 +285,14 @@ public:
 
     bool Blit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
               wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,
 
     bool Blit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest, wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
               wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,

-              int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = FALSE, wxCoord xsrcMask = -1, wxCoord ysrcMask = -1)
+              int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false, wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord, wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord)

     {
         return DoBlit(xdest, ydest, width, height,
                       source, xsrc, ysrc, rop, useMask, xsrcMask, ysrcMask);
     }
     bool Blit(const wxPoint& destPt, const wxSize& sz,
               wxDC *source, const wxPoint& srcPt,
     {
         return DoBlit(xdest, ydest, width, height,
                       source, xsrc, ysrc, rop, useMask, xsrcMask, ysrcMask);
     }
     bool Blit(const wxPoint& destPt, const wxSize& sz,
               wxDC *source, const wxPoint& srcPt,

-              int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = FALSE, const wxPoint& srcPtMask = wxPoint(-1, -1))
+              int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false, const wxPoint& srcPtMask = wxDefaultPosition)

     {
         return DoBlit(destPt.x, destPt.y, sz.x, sz.y,
                       source, srcPt.x, srcPt.y, rop, useMask, srcPtMask.x, srcPtMask.y);
     {
         return DoBlit(destPt.x, destPt.y, sz.x, sz.y,
                       source, srcPt.x, srcPt.y, rop, useMask, srcPtMask.x, srcPtMask.y);


@@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ public:
 
     virtual void Clear() = 0;
 
 
     virtual void Clear() = 0;
 

-    virtual bool StartDoc(const wxString& WXUNUSED(message)) { return TRUE; }
+    virtual bool StartDoc(const wxString& WXUNUSED(message)) { return true; }

     virtual void EndDoc() { }
 
     virtual void StartPage() { }
     virtual void EndDoc() { }
 
     virtual void StartPage() { }


@@ -538,7 +538,7 @@ public:
     //
     // FIXME: is this (still) used?
     virtual void SetOptimization(bool WXUNUSED(opt)) { }
     //
     // FIXME: is this (still) used?
     virtual void SetOptimization(bool WXUNUSED(opt)) { }

-    virtual bool GetOptimization() { return FALSE; }
+    virtual bool GetOptimization() { return false; }

 
     // bounding box
     // ------------
 
     // bounding box
     // ------------


@@ -554,7 +554,7 @@ public:
       }
       else
       {
       }
       else
       {

-         m_isBBoxValid = TRUE;
+         m_isBBoxValid = true;

 
          m_minX = x;
          m_minY = y;
 
          m_minX = x;
          m_minY = y;


@@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ public:
 
     void ResetBoundingBox()
     {
 
     void ResetBoundingBox()
     {

-        m_isBBoxValid = FALSE;
+        m_isBBoxValid = false;

 
         m_minX = m_maxX = m_minY = m_maxY = 0;
     }
 
         m_minX = m_maxX = m_minY = m_maxY = 0;
     }


@@ -658,7 +658,7 @@ protected:
 
     virtual void DoDrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0;
     virtual void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
 
     virtual void DoDrawIcon(const wxIcon& icon, wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0;
     virtual void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,

-                              bool useMask = FALSE) = 0;
+                              bool useMask = false) = 0;

 
     virtual void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0;
     virtual void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text,
 
     virtual void DoDrawText(const wxString& text, wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0;
     virtual void DoDrawRotatedText(const wxString& text,


@@ -667,7 +667,7 @@ protected:
     virtual bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest,
                         wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
                         wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,
     virtual bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest,
                         wxCoord width, wxCoord height,
                         wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,

-                        int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = FALSE, wxCoord xsrcMask = -1, wxCoord ysrcMask = -1) = 0;
+                        int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false, wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord, wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord) = 0;

 
     virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const = 0;
     virtual void DoGetSizeMM(int* width, int* height) const = 0;
 
     virtual void DoGetSize(int *width, int *height) const = 0;
     virtual void DoGetSizeMM(int* width, int* height) const = 0;

diff --git a/include/wx/dcbuffer.h b/include/wx/dcbuffer.h
index 1b5d728020bb0c062c7034d91b6e5f92e97bfcdb..b186d30e1586a840b34ec359d69862be11f6312b 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/dcbuffer.h
+++ b/include/wx/dcbuffer.h
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ public:
         : m_paintdc(window)
     {
         window->PrepareDC( m_paintdc );
         : m_paintdc(window)
     {
         window->PrepareDC( m_paintdc );

-        
+

         if( buffer != wxNullBitmap )
             Init(&m_paintdc, buffer);
         else
         if( buffer != wxNullBitmap )
             Init(&m_paintdc, buffer);
         else

diff --git a/include/wx/dcmirror.h b/include/wx/dcmirror.h
index c9a200c6ded22e307a81fc52c882d7308da4b93d..5c6cfaa7a0910dfafd46c3353482746d57df765f 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/dcmirror.h
+++ b/include/wx/dcmirror.h
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ protected:
         wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this is probably wrong") );
 
         m_dc.DoDrawArc(GetX(x1, y1), GetY(x1, y1),
         wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this is probably wrong") );
 
         m_dc.DoDrawArc(GetX(x1, y1), GetY(x1, y1),

-                       GetX(x2, y2), GetY(x2, y2), 
+                       GetX(x2, y2), GetY(x2, y2),

                        xc, yc);
     }
 
                        xc, yc);
     }
 


@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ protected:
         wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this is probably wrong") );
 
         m_dc.DoDrawEllipticArc(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y),
         wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this is probably wrong") );
 
         m_dc.DoDrawEllipticArc(GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y),

-                               GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h), 
+                               GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h),

                                sa, ea);
     }
 
                                sa, ea);
     }
 


@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ protected:
     }
 
     virtual void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,
     }
 
     virtual void DoDrawBitmap(const wxBitmap &bmp, wxCoord x, wxCoord y,

-                              bool useMask = FALSE)
+                              bool useMask = false)

     {
         m_dc.DoDrawBitmap(bmp, GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y), useMask);
     }
     {
         m_dc.DoDrawBitmap(bmp, GetX(x, y), GetY(x, y), useMask);
     }


@@ -209,8 +209,8 @@ protected:
     virtual bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest,
                         wxCoord w, wxCoord h,
                         wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,
     virtual bool DoBlit(wxCoord xdest, wxCoord ydest,
                         wxCoord w, wxCoord h,
                         wxDC *source, wxCoord xsrc, wxCoord ysrc,

-                        int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = FALSE,
-                        wxCoord xsrcMask = -1, wxCoord ysrcMask = -1)
+                        int rop = wxCOPY, bool useMask = false,
+                        wxCoord xsrcMask = wxDefaultCoord, wxCoord ysrcMask = wxDefaultCoord)

     {
         return m_dc.DoBlit(GetX(xdest, ydest), GetY(xdest, ydest),
                            GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h),
     {
         return m_dc.DoBlit(GetX(xdest, ydest), GetY(xdest, ydest),
                            GetX(w, h), GetY(w, h),

diff --git a/include/wx/debug.h b/include/wx/debug.h
index f353646e8bb46eff5c88805de1fa1a5b8cc5acdf..3b8387efb37cbeaf508efc971197c51b949924f0 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/debug.h
+++ b/include/wx/debug.h
@@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
 /**
 /**

-*  Name:        wx/debug.h 
-*  Purpose:     Misc debug functions and macros 
-*  Author:      Vadim Zeitlin 
+*  Name:        wx/debug.h
+*  Purpose:     Misc debug functions and macros
+*  Author:      Vadim Zeitlin

 *  Modified by: Ryan Norton (Converted to C)
 *  Modified by: Ryan Norton (Converted to C)

-*  Created:     29/01/98 
-*  RCS-ID:      $Id$ 
-*  Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr> 
-*  Licence:     wxWindows licence 
+*  Created:     29/01/98
+*  RCS-ID:      $Id$
+*  Copyright:   (c) 1998 Vadim Zeitlin <zeitlin@dptmaths.ens-cachan.fr>
+*  Licence:     wxWindows licence

 */
 
 /* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */
 */
 
 /* THIS IS A C FILE, DON'T USE C++ FEATURES (IN PARTICULAR COMMENTS) IN IT */


@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
 /*  */
 /*  All debugging macros rely on ASSERT() which in turn calls user-defined */
 /*  OnAssert() function. To keep things simple, it's called even when the */
 /*  */
 /*  All debugging macros rely on ASSERT() which in turn calls user-defined */
 /*  OnAssert() function. To keep things simple, it's called even when the */

-/*  expression is TRUE (i.e. everything is ok) and by default does nothing: just */
+/*  expression is true (i.e. everything is ok) and by default does nothing: just */

 /*  returns the same value back. But if you redefine it to do something more sexy */
 /*  (popping up a message box in your favourite GUI, sending you e-mail or */
 /*  whatever) it will affect all ASSERTs, FAILs and CHECKs in your code. */
 /*  returns the same value back. But if you redefine it to do something more sexy */
 /*  (popping up a message box in your favourite GUI, sending you e-mail or */
 /*  whatever) it will affect all ASSERTs, FAILs and CHECKs in your code. */


@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@
 #endif  /* __WXDEBUG__ */
 
 #ifdef __cplusplus
 #endif  /* __WXDEBUG__ */
 
 #ifdef __cplusplus

-    /*  Use of wxFalse instead of FALSE suppresses compiler warnings about testing */
+    /*  Use of wxFalse instead of false suppresses compiler warnings about testing */

     /*  constant expression */
     WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(extern const bool) wxFalse;
 #endif
     /*  constant expression */
     WXDLLIMPEXP_DATA_BASE(extern const bool) wxFalse;
 #endif

diff --git a/include/wx/defs.h b/include/wx/defs.h
index f385649ec354f2b8aa215ef95031daa2ced14b58..6fc8a46f854edc3543450c35cf3197abfefc188d 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/defs.h
+++ b/include/wx/defs.h
@@ -696,9 +696,9 @@ typedef wxUint16 wxWord;
         typedef int wxInt32;
         typedef unsigned int wxUint32;
 
         typedef int wxInt32;
         typedef unsigned int wxUint32;
 

-               #if defined(__MACH__) && !defined(SIZEOF_WCHAR_T)
-                       #define SIZEOF_WCHAR_T 4
-               #endif
+        #if defined(__MACH__) && !defined(SIZEOF_WCHAR_T)
+            #define SIZEOF_WCHAR_T 4
+        #endif

         #if wxUSE_WCHAR_T && !defined(SIZEOF_WCHAR_T)
             /*  also assume that sizeof(wchar_t) == 2 (under Unix the most */
             /*  common case is 4 but there configure would have defined */
         #if wxUSE_WCHAR_T && !defined(SIZEOF_WCHAR_T)
             /*  also assume that sizeof(wchar_t) == 2 (under Unix the most */
             /*  common case is 4 but there configure would have defined */


@@ -1039,7 +1039,7 @@ enum wxStretch
     wxTILE                    = 0xc000,
 
     // for compatibility only, default now, don't use explicitly any more
     wxTILE                    = 0xc000,
 
     // for compatibility only, default now, don't use explicitly any more

-#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4    
+#if WXWIN_COMPATIBILITY_2_4

     wxADJUST_MINSIZE          = 0x00100000
 #else
     wxADJUST_MINSIZE          = 0
     wxADJUST_MINSIZE          = 0x00100000
 #else
     wxADJUST_MINSIZE          = 0

diff --git a/include/wx/dialup.h b/include/wx/dialup.h
index 63686fe30e15d2155b177d264b9260a6a21604b9..4cacae44b6334f883f3460045e5cfbb18080bb98 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/dialup.h
+++ b/include/wx/dialup.h
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ public:
     static wxDialUpManager *Create();
 
     // could the dialup manager be initialized correctly? If this function
     static wxDialUpManager *Create();
 
     // could the dialup manager be initialized correctly? If this function

-    // returns FALSE, no other functions will work neither, so it's a good idea
+    // returns false, no other functions will work neither, so it's a good idea

     // to call this function and check its result before calling any other
     // wxDialUpManager methods
     virtual bool IsOk() const = 0;
     // to call this function and check its result before calling any other
     // wxDialUpManager methods
     virtual bool IsOk() const = 0;


@@ -78,20 +78,20 @@ public:
     // if no username/password are given, the function will try to do without
     // them, but will ask the user if really needed
     //
     // if no username/password are given, the function will try to do without
     // them, but will ask the user if really needed
     //

-    // if async parameter is FALSE, the function waits until the end of dialing
-    // and returns TRUE upon successful completion.
-    // if async is TRUE, the function only initiates the connection and returns
+    // if async parameter is false, the function waits until the end of dialing
+    // and returns true upon successful completion.
+    // if async is true, the function only initiates the connection and returns

     // immediately - the result is reported via events (an event is sent
     // anyhow, but if dialing failed it will be a DISCONNECTED one)
     virtual bool Dial(const wxString& nameOfISP = wxEmptyString,
                       const wxString& username = wxEmptyString,
                       const wxString& password = wxEmptyString,
     // immediately - the result is reported via events (an event is sent
     // anyhow, but if dialing failed it will be a DISCONNECTED one)
     virtual bool Dial(const wxString& nameOfISP = wxEmptyString,
                       const wxString& username = wxEmptyString,
                       const wxString& password = wxEmptyString,

-                      bool async = TRUE) = 0;
+                      bool async = true) = 0;

 
 

-    // returns TRUE if (async) dialing is in progress
+    // returns true if (async) dialing is in progress

     virtual bool IsDialing() const = 0;
 
     virtual bool IsDialing() const = 0;
 

-    // cancel dialing the number initiated with Dial(async = TRUE)
+    // cancel dialing the number initiated with Dial(async = true)

     // NB: this won't result in DISCONNECTED event being sent
     virtual bool CancelDialing() = 0;
 
     // NB: this won't result in DISCONNECTED event being sent
     virtual bool CancelDialing() = 0;
 


@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ public:
     // online status
     // -------------
 
     // online status
     // -------------
 

-    // returns TRUE if the computer has a permanent network connection (i.e. is
+    // returns true if the computer has a permanent network connection (i.e. is

     // on a LAN) and so there is no need to use Dial() function to go online
     //
     // NB: this functions tries to guess the result and it is not always
     // on a LAN) and so there is no need to use Dial() function to go online
     //
     // NB: this functions tries to guess the result and it is not always


@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ public:
     //     confirmation or give him a possibility to override it
     virtual bool IsAlwaysOnline() const = 0;
 
     //     confirmation or give him a possibility to override it
     virtual bool IsAlwaysOnline() const = 0;
 

-    // returns TRUE if the computer is connected to the network: under Windows,
+    // returns true if the computer is connected to the network: under Windows,

     // this just means that a RAS connection exists, under Unix we check that
     // the "well-known host" (as specified by SetWellKnownHost) is reachable
     virtual bool IsOnline() const = 0;
     // this just means that a RAS connection exists, under Unix we check that
     // the "well-known host" (as specified by SetWellKnownHost) is reachable
     virtual bool IsOnline() const = 0;


@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ public:
     // so, in general, the user should be allowed to override it. This function
     // allows to forcefully set the online status - whatever our internal
     // algorithm may think about it.
     // so, in general, the user should be allowed to override it. This function
     // allows to forcefully set the online status - whatever our internal
     // algorithm may think about it.

-    virtual void SetOnlineStatus(bool isOnline = TRUE) = 0;
+    virtual void SetOnlineStatus(bool isOnline = true) = 0;

 
     // set misc wxDialUpManager options
     // --------------------------------
 
     // set misc wxDialUpManager options
     // --------------------------------


@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ public:
     // Windows, the notification about the change of connection status is
     // instantenous.
     //
     // Windows, the notification about the change of connection status is
     // instantenous.
     //

-    // Returns FALSE if couldn't set up automatic check for online status.
+    // Returns false if couldn't set up automatic check for online status.

     virtual bool EnableAutoCheckOnlineStatus(size_t nSeconds = 60) = 0;
 
     // disable automatic check for connection status change - notice that the
     virtual bool EnableAutoCheckOnlineStatus(size_t nSeconds = 60) = 0;
 
     // disable automatic check for connection status change - notice that the


@@ -192,9 +192,9 @@ typedef void (wxEvtHandler::*wxDialUpEventFunction)(wxDialUpEvent&);
 
 // macros to catch dialup events
 #define EVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED(func) \
 
 // macros to catch dialup events
 #define EVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED(func) \

-   DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxDialUpEventFunction, & func ), NULL),
+   DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_DIALUP_CONNECTED, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxDialUpEventFunction, & func ), NULL),

 #define EVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED(func) \
 #define EVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED(func) \

-   DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED, -1, -1, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxDialUpEventFunction, & func ), NULL),
+   DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE_ENTRY( wxEVT_DIALUP_DISCONNECTED, wxID_ANY, wxID_ANY, (wxObjectEventFunction) (wxEventFunction)  wxStaticCastEvent( wxDialUpEventFunction, & func ), NULL),

 
 
 #endif // wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER
 
 
 #endif // wxUSE_DIALUP_MANAGER

diff --git a/include/wx/dir.h b/include/wx/dir.h
index 4a49f7c6bc9db6619efc6aa012482725ccb1b4e4..e1a525cfc2a42d417e4c8dca558e2fe2fb7152e2 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/dir.h
+++ b/include/wx/dir.h
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ public:
     // open the directory for enumerating
     bool Open(const wxString& dir);
 
     // open the directory for enumerating
     bool Open(const wxString& dir);
 

-    // returns TRUE if the directory was successfully opened
+    // returns true if the directory was successfully opened

     bool IsOpened() const;
 
     // get the full name of the directory (without '/' at the end)
     bool IsOpened() const;
 
     // get the full name of the directory (without '/' at the end)


@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ public:
     // -------------------------
 
     // start enumerating all files matching filespec (or all files if it is
     // -------------------------
 
     // start enumerating all files matching filespec (or all files if it is

-    // empty) and flags, return TRUE on success
+    // empty) and flags, return true on success

     bool GetFirst(wxString *filename,
                   const wxString& filespec = wxEmptyString,
                   int flags = wxDIR_DEFAULT) const;
     bool GetFirst(wxString *filename,
                   const wxString& filespec = wxEmptyString,
                   int flags = wxDIR_DEFAULT) const;

diff --git a/include/wx/display.h b/include/wx/display.h
index e46e596b70677fc5e6f02b45e8ecf71312ca8465..f81a57b18ad3d949e05f3582bfc6d1b49adfc89b 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/display.h
+++ b/include/wx/display.h
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
 class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
 class WXDLLEXPORT wxPoint;
 class WXDLLEXPORT wxRect;
 class WXDLLEXPORT wxWindow;
 class WXDLLEXPORT wxPoint;
 class WXDLLEXPORT wxRect;

-class WXDLLEXPORT wxString; 
+class WXDLLEXPORT wxString;

 
 WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxVideoMode, wxArrayVideoModes);
 
 
 WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxVideoMode, wxArrayVideoModes);
 

diff --git a/include/wx/dnd.h b/include/wx/dnd.h
index 7c4bce111da3d7077a22e298802d5791a5f2cc7e..3c893f685a53729de758d4d2d880500cc6e393b6 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/dnd.h
+++ b/include/wx/dnd.h
@@ -97,9 +97,9 @@ public:
     virtual wxDragResult DoDragDrop(int flags = wxDrag_CopyOnly) = 0;
 
     // override to give feedback depending on the current operation result
     virtual wxDragResult DoDragDrop(int flags = wxDrag_CopyOnly) = 0;
 
     // override to give feedback depending on the current operation result

-    // "effect" and return TRUE if you did something, FALSE to let the library
+    // "effect" and return true if you did something, false to let the library

     // give the default feedback
     // give the default feedback

-    virtual bool GiveFeedback(wxDragResult WXUNUSED(effect)) { return FALSE; }
+    virtual bool GiveFeedback(wxDragResult WXUNUSED(effect)) { return false; }

 
 protected:
     const wxCursor& GetCursor(wxDragResult res) const
 
 protected:
     const wxCursor& GetCursor(wxDragResult res) const


@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ public:
     virtual void OnLeave() { }
 
     // this function is called when data is dropped at position (x, y) - if it
     virtual void OnLeave() { }
 
     // this function is called when data is dropped at position (x, y) - if it

-    // returns TRUE, OnData() will be called immediately afterwards which will
+    // returns true, OnData() will be called immediately afterwards which will

     // allow to retrieve the data dropped.
     virtual bool OnDrop(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0;
 
     // allow to retrieve the data dropped.
     virtual bool OnDrop(wxCoord x, wxCoord y) = 0;
 


@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ public:
     virtual wxDragResult OnData(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def) = 0;
 
     // may be called *only* from inside OnData() and will fill m_dataObject
     virtual wxDragResult OnData(wxCoord x, wxCoord y, wxDragResult def) = 0;
 
     // may be called *only* from inside OnData() and will fill m_dataObject

-    // with the data from the drop source if it returns TRUE
+    // with the data from the drop source if it returns true

     virtual bool GetData() = 0;
 
 protected:
     virtual bool GetData() = 0;
 
 protected:

diff --git a/include/wx/docmdi.h b/include/wx/docmdi.h
index c8e94f3159e39a598c72a2e40c8180d6267effda..6f7db58da565e5815c4fb4b849e5f49982bfda47 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/docmdi.h
+++ b/include/wx/docmdi.h
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 // Created:     01/02/97
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Copyright:   (c)
 // Created:     01/02/97
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Copyright:   (c)

-// Licence:    wxWindows licence
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence

 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 #ifndef _WX_DOCMDI_H_
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 #ifndef _WX_DOCMDI_H_


@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ public:
     inline void SetDocument(wxDocument *doc) { m_childDocument = doc; }
     inline void SetView(wxView *view) { m_childView = view; }
     bool Destroy() { m_childView = (wxView *)NULL; return wxMDIChildFrame::Destroy(); }
     inline void SetDocument(wxDocument *doc) { m_childDocument = doc; }
     inline void SetView(wxView *view) { m_childView = view; }
     bool Destroy() { m_childView = (wxView *)NULL; return wxMDIChildFrame::Destroy(); }

-    
+

 protected:
     void Init();
     wxDocument*       m_childDocument;
 protected:
     void Init();
     wxDocument*       m_childDocument;

diff --git a/include/wx/docview.h b/include/wx/docview.h
index 94a13b2cc5d998bc0767486186e4f4b312f280b4..2ea29e2bf90b99c7822b9f0466925feb555ba7b0 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/docview.h
+++ b/include/wx/docview.h
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ public:
     ~wxDocument();
 
     // accessors
     ~wxDocument();
 
     // accessors

-    void SetFilename(const wxString& filename, bool notifyViews = FALSE);
+    void SetFilename(const wxString& filename, bool notifyViews = false);

     wxString GetFilename() const { return m_documentFile; }
 
     void SetTitle(const wxString& title) { m_documentTitle = title; };
     wxString GetFilename() const { return m_documentFile; }
 
     void SetTitle(const wxString& title) { m_documentTitle = title; };


@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ public:
     wxString GetDocumentName() const { return m_documentTypeName; }
 
     bool GetDocumentSaved() const { return m_savedYet; }
     wxString GetDocumentName() const { return m_documentTypeName; }
 
     bool GetDocumentSaved() const { return m_savedYet; }

-    void SetDocumentSaved(bool saved = TRUE) { m_savedYet = saved; }
+    void SetDocumentSaved(bool saved = true) { m_savedYet = saved; }

 
     virtual bool Close();
     virtual bool Save();
 
     virtual bool Close();
     virtual bool Save();


@@ -103,9 +103,9 @@ public:
     virtual bool OnNewDocument();
     virtual bool OnCloseDocument();
 
     virtual bool OnNewDocument();
     virtual bool OnCloseDocument();
 

-    // Prompts for saving if about to close a modified document. Returns TRUE
+    // Prompts for saving if about to close a modified document. Returns true

     // if ok to close the document (may have saved in the meantime, or set
     // if ok to close the document (may have saved in the meantime, or set

-    // modified to FALSE)
+    // modified to false)

     virtual bool OnSaveModified();
 
     // Called by framework if created automatically by the default document
     virtual bool OnSaveModified();
 
     // Called by framework if created automatically by the default document


@@ -198,12 +198,12 @@ public:
 
     // Called by framework if created automatically by the default document
     // manager class: gives view a chance to initialise
 
     // Called by framework if created automatically by the default document
     // manager class: gives view a chance to initialise

-    virtual bool OnCreate(wxDocument *WXUNUSED(doc), long WXUNUSED(flags)) { return TRUE; };
+    virtual bool OnCreate(wxDocument *WXUNUSED(doc), long WXUNUSED(flags)) { return true; };

 
     // Checks if the view is the last one for the document; if so, asks user
     // to confirm save data (if modified). If ok, deletes itself and returns
 
     // Checks if the view is the last one for the document; if so, asks user
     // to confirm save data (if modified). If ok, deletes itself and returns

-    // TRUE.
-    virtual bool Close(bool deleteWindow = TRUE);
+    // true.
+    virtual bool Close(bool deleteWindow = true);

 
     // Override to do cleanup/veto close
     virtual bool OnClose(bool deleteWindow);
 
     // Override to do cleanup/veto close
     virtual bool OnClose(bool deleteWindow);


@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@ private:
 class WXDLLEXPORT wxDocManager: public wxEvtHandler
 {
 public:
 class WXDLLEXPORT wxDocManager: public wxEvtHandler
 {
 public:

-    wxDocManager(long flags = wxDEFAULT_DOCMAN_FLAGS, bool initialize = TRUE);
+    wxDocManager(long flags = wxDEFAULT_DOCMAN_FLAGS, bool initialize = true);

     ~wxDocManager();
 
     virtual bool Initialize();
     ~wxDocManager();
 
     virtual bool Initialize();


@@ -363,11 +363,11 @@ public:
     virtual bool FlushDoc(wxDocument *doc);
     virtual wxDocTemplate *MatchTemplate(const wxString& path);
     virtual wxDocTemplate *SelectDocumentPath(wxDocTemplate **templates,
     virtual bool FlushDoc(wxDocument *doc);
     virtual wxDocTemplate *MatchTemplate(const wxString& path);
     virtual wxDocTemplate *SelectDocumentPath(wxDocTemplate **templates,

-            int noTemplates, wxString& path, long flags, bool save = FALSE);
+            int noTemplates, wxString& path, long flags, bool save = false);

     virtual wxDocTemplate *SelectDocumentType(wxDocTemplate **templates,
     virtual wxDocTemplate *SelectDocumentType(wxDocTemplate **templates,

-            int noTemplates, bool sort = FALSE);
+            int noTemplates, bool sort = false);

     virtual wxDocTemplate *SelectViewType(wxDocTemplate **templates,
     virtual wxDocTemplate *SelectViewType(wxDocTemplate **templates,

-            int noTemplates, bool sort = FALSE);
+            int noTemplates, bool sort = false);

     virtual wxDocTemplate *FindTemplateForPath(const wxString& path);
 
     void AssociateTemplate(wxDocTemplate *temp);
     virtual wxDocTemplate *FindTemplateForPath(const wxString& path);
 
     void AssociateTemplate(wxDocTemplate *temp);


@@ -383,17 +383,17 @@ public:
     void RemoveDocument(wxDocument *doc);
 
     // closes all currently open documents
     void RemoveDocument(wxDocument *doc);
 
     // closes all currently open documents

-    bool CloseDocuments(bool force = TRUE);
+    bool CloseDocuments(bool force = true);

 
     // closes the specified document
 
     // closes the specified document

-    bool CloseDocument(wxDocument* doc, bool force = FALSE);
+    bool CloseDocument(wxDocument* doc, bool force = false);

 
     // Clear remaining documents and templates
 
     // Clear remaining documents and templates

-    bool Clear(bool force = TRUE);
+    bool Clear(bool force = true);

 
     // Views or windows should inform the document manager
     // when a view is going in or out of focus
 
     // Views or windows should inform the document manager
     // when a view is going in or out of focus

-    virtual void ActivateView(wxView *view, bool activate = TRUE);
+    virtual void ActivateView(wxView *view, bool activate = true);

     virtual wxView *GetCurrentView() const;
 
     wxList& GetDocuments() { return m_docs; }
     virtual wxView *GetCurrentView() const;
 
     wxList& GetDocuments() { return m_docs; }

diff --git a/include/wx/dynarray.h b/include/wx/dynarray.h
index 79e9a5e7af85c5314b66fb015b4bcf496f442ce1..0f1751ade0be029db1b67029ea75b8ed2d09db9d 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/dynarray.h
+++ b/include/wx/dynarray.h
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ protected:                                                          \
   T& Item(size_t uiIndex) const                                     \
     { wxASSERT( uiIndex < size() ); return (T&)operator[](uiIndex); }   \
                                                                     \
   T& Item(size_t uiIndex) const                                     \
     { wxASSERT( uiIndex < size() ); return (T&)operator[](uiIndex); }   \
                                                                     \

-  int Index(T e, bool bFromEnd = FALSE) const;                      \
+  int Index(T e, bool bFromEnd = false) const;                      \

   int Index(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare) const;                      \
   size_t IndexForInsert(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare) const;          \
   void Add(T lItem, size_t nInsert = 1)                             \
   int Index(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare) const;                      \
   size_t IndexForInsert(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare) const;          \
   void Add(T lItem, size_t nInsert = 1)                             \


@@ -189,7 +189,7 @@ protected:                                                          \
     { wxASSERT( uiIndex < m_nCount ); return m_pItems[uiIndex]; }   \
   T& operator[](size_t uiIndex) const { return Item(uiIndex); }     \
                                                                     \
     { wxASSERT( uiIndex < m_nCount ); return m_pItems[uiIndex]; }   \
   T& operator[](size_t uiIndex) const { return Item(uiIndex); }     \
                                                                     \

-  int Index(T lItem, bool bFromEnd = FALSE) const;                  \
+  int Index(T lItem, bool bFromEnd = false) const;                  \

   int Index(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare) const;                      \
   size_t IndexForInsert(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare) const;          \
   void Add(T lItem, size_t nInsert = 1);                            \
   int Index(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare) const;                      \
   size_t IndexForInsert(T lItem, CMPFUNC fnCompare) const;          \
   void Add(T lItem, size_t nInsert = 1);                            \


@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ public:                                                               \
   T& Last() const                                                     \
     { return Item(Count() - 1); }                                     \
                                                                       \
   T& Last() const                                                     \
     { return Item(Count() - 1); }                                     \
                                                                       \

-  int Index(T e, bool bFromEnd = FALSE) const                         \
+  int Index(T e, bool bFromEnd = false) const                         \

     { return base::Index(e, bFromEnd); }                              \
                                                                       \
   void Add(T Item, size_t nInsert = 1)                                \
     { return base::Index(e, bFromEnd); }                              \
                                                                       \
   void Add(T Item, size_t nInsert = 1)                                \


@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ public:                                                               \
 }
 
 #define  _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, base, classexp)         \
 }
 
 #define  _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY_PTR(T, name, base, classexp)         \

-               _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, classexp)
+         _WX_DEFINE_TYPEARRAY(T, name, base, classexp)

 
 #else // if !wxUSE_STL
 
 
 #else // if !wxUSE_STL
 


@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ public:                                                               \
   T& Last() const                                                     \
     { return (T&)(base::operator[](Count() - 1)); }                   \
                                                                       \
   T& Last() const                                                     \
     { return (T&)(base::operator[](Count() - 1)); }                   \
                                                                       \

-  int Index(T Item, bool bFromEnd = FALSE) const                      \
+  int Index(T Item, bool bFromEnd = false) const                      \

     { return base::Index((base_type)Item, bFromEnd); }                \
                                                                       \
   void Add(T Item, size_t nInsert = 1)                                \
     { return base::Index((base_type)Item, bFromEnd); }                \
                                                                       \
   void Add(T Item, size_t nInsert = 1)                                \


@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@ public:                                                                  \
   T& Last() const                                                        \
     { return *(T*)(base::operator[](size() - 1)); }                      \
                                                                          \
   T& Last() const                                                        \
     { return *(T*)(base::operator[](size() - 1)); }                      \
                                                                          \

-  int Index(const T& Item, bool bFromEnd = FALSE) const;                 \
+  int Index(const T& Item, bool bFromEnd = false) const;                 \

                                                                          \
   void Add(const T& Item, size_t nInsert = 1);                           \
   void Add(const T* pItem)                                               \
                                                                          \
   void Add(const T& Item, size_t nInsert = 1);                           \
   void Add(const T* pItem)                                               \


@@ -789,7 +789,7 @@ private:                                                                 \
 #define WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(T, name, decl) \
     typedef T _wxObjArray##name;                            \
     _WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(_wxObjArray##name, name, wxArrayPtrVoid, decl)
 #define WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(T, name, decl) \
     typedef T _wxObjArray##name;                            \
     _WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY(_wxObjArray##name, name, wxArrayPtrVoid, decl)

-    
+

 #define WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(T, name, expmode) \
     WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(T, name, class expmode)
 
 #define WX_DECLARE_USER_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(T, name, expmode) \
     WX_DECLARE_OBJARRAY_WITH_DECL(T, name, class expmode)
 

diff --git a/include/wx/dynlib.h b/include/wx/dynlib.h
index 1bdf32c8603c1b139d44b8b76a6649a0a88f486e..03da571c63f32de2aab7c0920935eae569044341 100644 (file)
--- a/include/wx/dynlib.h
+++ b/include/wx/dynlib.h
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ public:
     //       to use it polymorphically.
     ~wxDynamicLibrary() { Unload(); }
 
     //       to use it polymorphically.
     ~wxDynamicLibrary() { Unload(); }
 

-    // return TRUE if the library was loaded successfully
+    // return true if the library was loaded successfully

     bool IsLoaded() const { return m_handle != 0; }
 
     // load the library with the given name (full or not), return true if ok
     bool IsLoaded() const { return m_handle != 0; }
 
     // load the library with the given name (full or not), return true if ok


@@ -220,11 +220,11 @@ public:
       which case the library is searched for in all standard locations
       (use GetDllExt() to construct the filename)
 
       which case the library is searched for in all standard locations
       (use GetDllExt() to construct the filename)
 

-      if success pointer is not NULL, it will be filled with TRUE if everything
-      went ok and FALSE otherwise
+      if success pointer is not NULL, it will be filled with true if everything
+      went ok and false otherwise

      */
     static wxDllType LoadLibrary(const wxString& name, bool *success = NULL);
      */
     static wxDllType LoadLibrary(const wxString& name, bool *success = NULL);

-    
+

     /*
       This function unloads the shared library previously loaded with
       LoadLibrary
     /*
       This function unloads the shared library previously loaded with
       LoadLibrary

diff --git a/src/common/datacmn.cpp b/src/common/datacmn.cpp
index b74d729ffad274f14fa2805ff9b52a843c381891..d2b5ba4544f5a4f5d6acadb2fc424356549cd270 100644 (file)
--- a/src/common/datacmn.cpp
+++ b/src/common/datacmn.cpp
@@ -155,6 +155,6 @@ WXDLLEXPORT_DATA(const wxChar *) wxUserResourceStr = wxT("TEXT");
 #endif
 
 
 #endif
 
 

-const wxSize wxDefaultSize(-1, -1);
-const wxPoint wxDefaultPosition(-1, -1);
+const wxSize wxDefaultSize(wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord);
+const wxPoint wxDefaultPosition(wxDefaultCoord, wxDefaultCoord);

 
 

diff --git a/src/common/datetime.cpp b/src/common/datetime.cpp
index 3ac780395fb5258a3f7937e2f9767a8634448e6c..7828abd18215a0e8428a01603e5fd7c55a98f1c0 100644 (file)
--- a/src/common/datetime.cpp
+++ b/src/common/datetime.cpp
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ public:
     {
         wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority::AddAuthority(new wxDateTimeWorkDays);
 
     {
         wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority::AddAuthority(new wxDateTimeWorkDays);
 

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 
     virtual void OnExit()
     }
 
     virtual void OnExit()


@@ -275,8 +275,8 @@ wxDateTime::wxDateTime_t GetNumOfDaysInMonth(int year, wxDateTime::Month month)
 static int GetTimeZone()
 {
 #ifdef WX_GMTOFF_IN_TM
 static int GetTimeZone()
 {
 #ifdef WX_GMTOFF_IN_TM

-    // set to TRUE when the timezone is set
-    static bool s_timezoneSet = FALSE;
+    // set to true when the timezone is set
+    static bool s_timezoneSet = false;

     static long gmtoffset = LONG_MAX; // invalid timezone
 
     // ensure that the timezone variable is set by calling localtime
     static long gmtoffset = LONG_MAX; // invalid timezone
 
     // ensure that the timezone variable is set by calling localtime


@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ static int GetTimeZone()
         struct tm *tm;
 
         tm = localtime(&t);
         struct tm *tm;
 
         tm = localtime(&t);

-        s_timezoneSet = TRUE;
+        s_timezoneSet = true;

 
         // note that GMT offset is the opposite of time zone and so to return
         // consistent results in both WX_GMTOFF_IN_TM and !WX_GMTOFF_IN_TM
 
         // note that GMT offset is the opposite of time zone and so to return
         // consistent results in both WX_GMTOFF_IN_TM and !WX_GMTOFF_IN_TM


@@ -500,7 +500,7 @@ static bool GetNumericToken(size_t len, const wxChar*& p, unsigned long *number)
             break;
     }
 
             break;
     }
 

-    return !!s && s.ToULong(number);
+    return !s.IsEmpty() && s.ToULong(number);

 }
 
 // scans all alphabetic characters and returns the resulting string
 }
 
 // scans all alphabetic characters and returns the resulting string


@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ bool wxDateTime::IsLeapYear(int year, wxDateTime::Calendar cal)
     {
         wxFAIL_MSG(_T("unknown calendar"));
 
     {
         wxFAIL_MSG(_T("unknown calendar"));
 

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 


@@ -1002,7 +1002,7 @@ wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetBeginDST(int year, Country country)
         dt += wxTimeSpan::Hours(1);
 
         // disable DST tests because it could result in an infinite recursion!
         dt += wxTimeSpan::Hours(1);
 
         // disable DST tests because it could result in an infinite recursion!

-        dt.MakeGMT(TRUE);
+        dt.MakeGMT(true);

     }
     else switch ( country )
     {
     }
     else switch ( country )
     {


@@ -1103,7 +1103,7 @@ wxDateTime wxDateTime::GetEndDST(int year, Country country)
         dt += wxTimeSpan::Hours(1);
 
         // disable DST tests because it could result in an infinite recursion!
         dt += wxTimeSpan::Hours(1);
 
         // disable DST tests because it could result in an infinite recursion!

-        dt.MakeGMT(TRUE);
+        dt.MakeGMT(true);

     }
     else switch ( country )
     {
     }
     else switch ( country )
     {


@@ -1662,10 +1662,10 @@ bool wxDateTime::SetToTheWeek(wxDateTime_t numWeek,
     if ( GetYear() != year )
     {
         // oops... numWeek was too big
     if ( GetYear() != year )
     {
         // oops... numWeek was too big

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     }
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 wxDateTime& wxDateTime::SetToLastMonthDay(Month month,
 }
 
 wxDateTime& wxDateTime::SetToLastMonthDay(Month month,


@@ -1770,9 +1770,9 @@ bool wxDateTime::SetToWeekDay(WeekDay weekday,
                               Month month,
                               int year)
 {
                               Month month,
                               int year)
 {

-    wxCHECK_MSG( weekday != Inv_WeekDay, FALSE, _T("invalid weekday") );
+    wxCHECK_MSG( weekday != Inv_WeekDay, false, _T("invalid weekday") );

 
 

-    // we don't check explicitly that -5 <= n <= 5 because we will return FALSE
+    // we don't check explicitly that -5 <= n <= 5 because we will return false

     // anyhow in such case - but may be should still give an assert for it?
 
     // take the current month/year if none specified
     // anyhow in such case - but may be should still give an assert for it?
 
     // take the current month/year if none specified


@@ -1824,12 +1824,12 @@ bool wxDateTime::SetToWeekDay(WeekDay weekday,
     {
         *this = dt;
 
     {
         *this = dt;
 

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
     else
     {
         // no such day in this month
     }
     else
     {
         // no such day in this month

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 


@@ -2087,17 +2087,17 @@ wxString wxDateTime::Format(const wxChar *format, const TimeZone& tz) const
                 fmt = _T("%02d");
         }
 
                 fmt = _T("%02d");
         }
 

-        bool restart = TRUE;
+        bool restart = true;

         while ( restart )
         {
         while ( restart )
         {

-            restart = FALSE;
+            restart = false;

 
             // start of the format specification
             switch ( *p )
             {
                 case _T('a'):       // a weekday name
                 case _T('A'):
 
             // start of the format specification
             switch ( *p )
             {
                 case _T('a'):       // a weekday name
                 case _T('A'):

-                    // second parameter should be TRUE for abbreviated names
+                    // second parameter should be true for abbreviated names

                     res += GetWeekDayName(tm.GetWeekDay(),
                                           *p == _T('a') ? Name_Abbr : Name_Full);
                     break;
                     res += GetWeekDayName(tm.GetWeekDay(),
                                           *p == _T('a') ? Name_Abbr : Name_Full);
                     break;


@@ -2328,7 +2328,7 @@ wxString wxDateTime::Format(const wxChar *format, const TimeZone& tz) const
                         fmt.Prepend(_T('%'));
                         fmt.Append(_T('d'));
 
                         fmt.Prepend(_T('%'));
                         fmt.Append(_T('d'));
 

-                        restart = TRUE;
+                        restart = true;

 
                         break;
                     }
 
                         break;
                     }


@@ -2661,17 +2661,17 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseFormat(const wxChar *date,
     unsigned long num;
 
     // what fields have we found?
     unsigned long num;
 
     // what fields have we found?

-    bool haveWDay = FALSE,
-         haveYDay = FALSE,
-         haveDay = FALSE,
-         haveMon = FALSE,
-         haveYear = FALSE,
-         haveHour = FALSE,
-         haveMin = FALSE,
-         haveSec = FALSE;
-
-    bool hourIsIn12hFormat = FALSE, // or in 24h one?
-         isPM = FALSE;              // AM by default
+    bool haveWDay = false,
+         haveYDay = false,
+         haveDay = false,
+         haveMon = false,
+         haveYear = false,
+         haveHour = false,
+         haveMin = false,
+         haveSec = false;
+
+    bool hourIsIn12hFormat = false, // or in 24h one?
+         isPM = false;              // AM by default

 
     // and the value of the items we have (init them to get rid of warnings)
     wxDateTime_t sec = 0,
 
     // and the value of the items we have (init them to get rid of warnings)
     wxDateTime_t sec = 0,


@@ -2760,7 +2760,7 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseFormat(const wxChar *date,
                         return (wxChar *)NULL;
                     }
                 }
                         return (wxChar *)NULL;
                     }
                 }

-                haveWDay = TRUE;
+                haveWDay = true;

                 break;
 
             case _T('b'):       // a month name
                 break;
 
             case _T('b'):       // a month name


@@ -2774,7 +2774,7 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseFormat(const wxChar *date,
                         return (wxChar *)NULL;
                     }
                 }
                         return (wxChar *)NULL;
                     }
                 }

-                haveMon = TRUE;
+                haveMon = true;

                 break;
 
             case _T('c'):       // locale default date and time  representation
                 break;
 
             case _T('c'):       // locale default date and time  representation


@@ -2805,7 +2805,7 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseFormat(const wxChar *date,
                     Tm tm = dt.GetTm();
 
                     haveDay = haveMon = haveYear =
                     Tm tm = dt.GetTm();
 
                     haveDay = haveMon = haveYear =

-                    haveHour = haveMin = haveSec = TRUE;
+                    haveHour = haveMin = haveSec = true;

 
                     hour = tm.hour;
                     min = tm.min;
 
                     hour = tm.hour;
                     min = tm.min;


@@ -2829,7 +2829,7 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseFormat(const wxChar *date,
 
                 // we can't check whether the day range is correct yet, will
                 // do it later - assume ok for now
 
                 // we can't check whether the day range is correct yet, will
                 // do it later - assume ok for now

-                haveDay = TRUE;
+                haveDay = true;

                 mday = (wxDateTime_t)num;
                 break;
 
                 mday = (wxDateTime_t)num;
                 break;
 


@@ -2840,7 +2840,7 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseFormat(const wxChar *date,
                     return (wxChar *)NULL;
                 }
 
                     return (wxChar *)NULL;
                 }
 

-                haveHour = TRUE;
+                haveHour = true;

                 hour = (wxDateTime_t)num;
                 break;
 
                 hour = (wxDateTime_t)num;
                 break;
 


@@ -2851,8 +2851,8 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseFormat(const wxChar *date,
                     return (wxChar *)NULL;
                 }
 
                     return (wxChar *)NULL;
                 }
 

-                haveHour = TRUE;
-                hourIsIn12hFormat = TRUE;
+                haveHour = true;
+                hourIsIn12hFormat = true;

                 hour = (wxDateTime_t)(num % 12);        // 12 should be 0
                 break;
 
                 hour = (wxDateTime_t)(num % 12);        // 12 should be 0
                 break;
 


@@ -2863,7 +2863,7 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseFormat(const wxChar *date,
                     return (wxChar *)NULL;
                 }
 
                     return (wxChar *)NULL;
                 }
 

-                haveYDay = TRUE;
+                haveYDay = true;

                 yday = (wxDateTime_t)num;
                 break;
 
                 yday = (wxDateTime_t)num;
                 break;
 


@@ -2874,7 +2874,7 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseFormat(const wxChar *date,
                     return (wxChar *)NULL;
                 }
 
                     return (wxChar *)NULL;
                 }
 

-                haveMon = TRUE;
+                haveMon = true;

                 mon = (Month)(num - 1);
                 break;
 
                 mon = (Month)(num - 1);
                 break;
 


@@ -2885,7 +2885,7 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseFormat(const wxChar *date,
                     return (wxChar *)NULL;
                 }
 
                     return (wxChar *)NULL;
                 }
 

-                haveMin = TRUE;
+                haveMin = true;

                 min = (wxDateTime_t)num;
                 break;
 
                 min = (wxDateTime_t)num;
                 break;
 


@@ -2898,7 +2898,7 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseFormat(const wxChar *date,
                         return (wxChar *)NULL;  // no am/pm strings defined
                     if ( token.CmpNoCase(pm) == 0 )
                     {
                         return (wxChar *)NULL;  // no am/pm strings defined
                     if ( token.CmpNoCase(pm) == 0 )
                     {

-                        isPM = TRUE;
+                        isPM = true;

                     }
                     else if ( token.CmpNoCase(am) != 0 )
                     {
                     }
                     else if ( token.CmpNoCase(am) != 0 )
                     {


@@ -2918,7 +2918,7 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseFormat(const wxChar *date,
                         return (wxChar *)NULL;
                     }
 
                         return (wxChar *)NULL;
                     }
 

-                    haveHour = haveMin = haveSec = TRUE;
+                    haveHour = haveMin = haveSec = true;

 
                     Tm tm = dt.GetTm();
                     hour = tm.hour;
 
                     Tm tm = dt.GetTm();
                     hour = tm.hour;


@@ -2937,7 +2937,7 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseFormat(const wxChar *date,
                         return (wxChar *)NULL;
                     }
 
                         return (wxChar *)NULL;
                     }
 

-                    haveHour = haveMin = TRUE;
+                    haveHour = haveMin = true;

 
                     Tm tm = dt.GetTm();
                     hour = tm.hour;
 
                     Tm tm = dt.GetTm();
                     hour = tm.hour;


@@ -2951,7 +2951,7 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseFormat(const wxChar *date,
                     return (wxChar *)NULL;
                 }
 
                     return (wxChar *)NULL;
                 }
 

-                haveSec = TRUE;
+                haveSec = true;

                 sec = (wxDateTime_t)num;
                 break;
 
                 sec = (wxDateTime_t)num;
                 break;
 


@@ -2965,7 +2965,7 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseFormat(const wxChar *date,
                         return (wxChar *)NULL;
                     }
 
                         return (wxChar *)NULL;
                     }
 

-                    haveHour = haveMin = haveSec = TRUE;
+                    haveHour = haveMin = haveSec = true;

 
                     Tm tm = dt.GetTm();
                     hour = tm.hour;
 
                     Tm tm = dt.GetTm();
                     hour = tm.hour;


@@ -2981,7 +2981,7 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseFormat(const wxChar *date,
                     return (wxChar *)NULL;
                 }
 
                     return (wxChar *)NULL;
                 }
 

-                haveWDay = TRUE;
+                haveWDay = true;

                 wday = (WeekDay)num;
                 break;
 
                 wday = (WeekDay)num;
                 break;
 


@@ -2998,7 +2998,7 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseFormat(const wxChar *date,
                     {
                         input = result;
 
                     {
                         input = result;
 

-                        haveDay = haveMon = haveYear = TRUE;
+                        haveDay = haveMon = haveYear = true;

 
                         year = 1900 + tm.tm_year;
                         mon = (Month)tm.tm_mon;
 
                         year = 1900 + tm.tm_year;
                         mon = (Month)tm.tm_mon;


@@ -3042,7 +3042,7 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseFormat(const wxChar *date,
 
                     Tm tm = dt.GetTm();
 
 
                     Tm tm = dt.GetTm();
 

-                    haveDay = haveMon = haveYear = TRUE;
+                    haveDay = haveMon = haveYear = true;

 
                     year = tm.year;
                     mon = tm.mon;
 
                     year = tm.year;
                     mon = tm.mon;


@@ -3064,7 +3064,7 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseFormat(const wxChar *date,
                         return (wxChar *)NULL;
                     }
 
                         return (wxChar *)NULL;
                     }
 

-                    haveHour = haveMin = haveSec = TRUE;
+                    haveHour = haveMin = haveSec = true;

 
                     hour = tm.tm_hour;
                     min = tm.tm_min;
 
                     hour = tm.tm_hour;
                     min = tm.tm_min;


@@ -3092,7 +3092,7 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseFormat(const wxChar *date,
                         return (wxChar *)NULL;
                     }
 
                         return (wxChar *)NULL;
                     }
 

-                    haveHour = haveMin = haveSec = TRUE;
+                    haveHour = haveMin = haveSec = true;

 
                     Tm tm = dt.GetTm();
                     hour = tm.hour;
 
                     Tm tm = dt.GetTm();
                     hour = tm.hour;


@@ -3111,7 +3111,7 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseFormat(const wxChar *date,
                     return (wxChar *)NULL;
                 }
 
                     return (wxChar *)NULL;
                 }
 

-                haveYear = TRUE;
+                haveYear = true;

 
                 // TODO should have an option for roll over date instead of
                 //      hard coding it here
 
                 // TODO should have an option for roll over date instead of
                 //      hard coding it here


@@ -3125,7 +3125,7 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseFormat(const wxChar *date,
                     return (wxChar *)NULL;
                 }
 
                     return (wxChar *)NULL;
                 }
 

-                haveYear = TRUE;
+                haveYear = true;

                 year = (wxDateTime_t)num;
                 break;
 
                 year = (wxDateTime_t)num;
                 break;
 


@@ -3342,10 +3342,10 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseDate(const wxChar *date)
     // have the ability to back track.
 
     // what do we have?
     // have the ability to back track.
 
     // what do we have?

-    bool haveDay = FALSE,       // the months day?
-         haveWDay = FALSE,      // the day of week?
-         haveMon = FALSE,       // the month?
-         haveYear = FALSE;      // the year?
+    bool haveDay = false,       // the months day?
+         haveWDay = false,      // the day of week?
+         haveMon = false,       // the month?
+         haveYear = false;      // the year?

 
     // and the value of the items we have (init them to get rid of warnings)
     WeekDay wday = Inv_WeekDay;
 
     // and the value of the items we have (init them to get rid of warnings)
     WeekDay wday = Inv_WeekDay;


@@ -3369,21 +3369,21 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseDate(const wxChar *date)
         {
             // guess what this number is
 
         {
             // guess what this number is
 

-            bool isDay = FALSE,
-                 isMonth = FALSE,
-                 isYear = FALSE;
+            bool isDay = false,
+                 isMonth = false,
+                 isYear = false;

 
             if ( !haveMon && val > 0 && val <= 12 )
             {
                 // assume it is month
 
             if ( !haveMon && val > 0 && val <= 12 )
             {
                 // assume it is month

-                isMonth = TRUE;
+                isMonth = true;

             }
             else // not the month
             {
                 if ( haveDay )
                 {
                     // this can only be the year
             }
             else // not the month
             {
                 if ( haveDay )
                 {
                     // this can only be the year

-                    isYear = TRUE;
+                    isYear = true;

                 }
                 else // may be either day or year
                 {
                 }
                 else // may be either day or year
                 {


@@ -3395,11 +3395,11 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseDate(const wxChar *date)
                     if ( (val == 0) || (val > (unsigned long)maxDays) )
                     {
                         // no
                     if ( (val == 0) || (val > (unsigned long)maxDays) )
                     {
                         // no

-                        isYear = TRUE;
+                        isYear = true;

                     }
                     else // yes, suppose it's the day
                     {
                     }
                     else // yes, suppose it's the day
                     {

-                        isDay = TRUE;
+                        isDay = true;

                     }
                 }
             }
                     }
                 }
             }


@@ -3409,7 +3409,7 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseDate(const wxChar *date)
                 if ( haveYear )
                     break;
 
                 if ( haveYear )
                     break;
 

-                haveYear = TRUE;
+                haveYear = true;

 
                 year = (wxDateTime_t)val;
             }
 
                 year = (wxDateTime_t)val;
             }


@@ -3418,13 +3418,13 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseDate(const wxChar *date)
                 if ( haveDay )
                     break;
 
                 if ( haveDay )
                     break;
 

-                haveDay = TRUE;
+                haveDay = true;

 
                 day = (wxDateTime_t)val;
             }
             else if ( isMonth )
             {
 
                 day = (wxDateTime_t)val;
             }
             else if ( isMonth )
             {

-                haveMon = TRUE;
+                haveMon = true;

 
                 mon = (Month)(val - 1);
             }
 
                 mon = (Month)(val - 1);
             }


@@ -3444,7 +3444,7 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseDate(const wxChar *date)
                         // no need to check in month range as always < 12, but
                         // the days are counted from 1 unlike the months
                         day = (wxDateTime_t)mon + 1;
                         // no need to check in month range as always < 12, but
                         // the days are counted from 1 unlike the months
                         day = (wxDateTime_t)mon + 1;

-                        haveDay = TRUE;
+                        haveDay = true;

                     }
                     else
                     {
                     }
                     else
                     {


@@ -3456,7 +3456,7 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseDate(const wxChar *date)
 
                 mon = mon2;
 
 
                 mon = mon2;
 

-                haveMon = TRUE;
+                haveMon = true;

             }
             else // not a valid month name
             {
             }
             else // not a valid month name
             {


@@ -3469,7 +3469,7 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseDate(const wxChar *date)
                         break;
                     }
 
                         break;
                     }
 

-                    haveWDay = TRUE;
+                    haveWDay = true;

                 }
                 else // not a valid weekday name
                 {
                 }
                 else // not a valid weekday name
                 {


@@ -3524,7 +3524,7 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseDate(const wxChar *date)
                         break;
                     }
 
                         break;
                     }
 

-                    haveDay = TRUE;
+                    haveDay = true;

 
                     day = (wxDateTime_t)(n + 1);
                 }
 
                     day = (wxDateTime_t)(n + 1);
                 }


@@ -3567,10 +3567,10 @@ const wxChar *wxDateTime::ParseDate(const wxChar *date)
                 {
                     day = year;
 
                 {
                     day = year;
 

-                    haveMon = TRUE;
-                    haveYear = FALSE;
+                    haveMon = true;
+                    haveYear = false;

                 }
                 }

-                //else: no, can't exchange, leave haveMon == FALSE
+                //else: no, can't exchange, leave haveMon == false

             }
         }
 
             }
         }
 


@@ -3910,11 +3910,11 @@ bool wxDateTimeHolidayAuthority::IsHoliday(const wxDateTime& dt)
     {
         if ( ms_authorities[n]->DoIsHoliday(dt) )
         {
     {
         if ( ms_authorities[n]->DoIsHoliday(dt) )
         {

-            return TRUE;
+            return true;

         }
     }
 
         }
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 /* static */
 }
 
 /* static */

diff --git a/src/common/datstrm.cpp b/src/common/datstrm.cpp
index 1580055ca70174dfbe62b15d9ef733032bdbb6a0..f64aafbbba60681053abb30db5ecd2c2f6e71de1 100644 (file)
--- a/src/common/datstrm.cpp
+++ b/src/common/datstrm.cpp
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 // Created:     28/06/98
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Copyright:   (c) Guilhem Lavaux
 // Created:     28/06/98
 // RCS-ID:      $Id$
 // Copyright:   (c) Guilhem Lavaux

-// Licence:    wxWindows licence
+// Licence:     wxWindows licence

 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 #if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)
 /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
 
 #if defined(__GNUG__) && !defined(NO_GCC_PRAGMA)


@@ -30,10 +30,10 @@
 
 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 wxDataInputStream::wxDataInputStream(wxInputStream& s, wxMBConv& conv)
 
 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 wxDataInputStream::wxDataInputStream(wxInputStream& s, wxMBConv& conv)

-  : m_input(&s), m_be_order(FALSE), m_conv(conv)
+  : m_input(&s), m_be_order(false), m_conv(conv)

 #else
 wxDataInputStream::wxDataInputStream(wxInputStream& s)
 #else
 wxDataInputStream::wxDataInputStream(wxInputStream& s)

-  : m_input(&s), m_be_order(FALSE)
+  : m_input(&s), m_be_order(false)

 #endif
 {
 }
 #endif
 {
 }


@@ -269,10 +269,10 @@ wxDataInputStream& wxDataInputStream::operator>>(float& f)
 
 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 wxDataOutputStream::wxDataOutputStream(wxOutputStream& s, wxMBConv& conv)
 
 #if wxUSE_UNICODE
 wxDataOutputStream::wxDataOutputStream(wxOutputStream& s, wxMBConv& conv)

-  : m_output(&s), m_be_order(FALSE), m_conv(conv)
+  : m_output(&s), m_be_order(false), m_conv(conv)

 #else
 wxDataOutputStream::wxDataOutputStream(wxOutputStream& s)
 #else
 wxDataOutputStream::wxDataOutputStream(wxOutputStream& s)

-  : m_output(&s), m_be_order(FALSE)
+  : m_output(&s), m_be_order(false)

 #endif
 {
 }
 #endif
 {
 }

diff --git a/src/common/db.cpp b/src/common/db.cpp
index 950ace5032396af342ffa9431e303fdd1538ae15..332172031f7d906f5373b7b9154ea0b9b5478edc 100644 (file)
--- a/src/common/db.cpp
+++ b/src/common/db.cpp
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ typedef struct
 wxDbConnectInf::wxDbConnectInf()
 {
     Henv = 0;
 wxDbConnectInf::wxDbConnectInf()
 {
     Henv = 0;

-    freeHenvOnDestroy = FALSE;
+    freeHenvOnDestroy = false;

 
     Initialize();
 }  // Constructor
 
     Initialize();
 }  // Constructor


@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ wxDbConnectInf::wxDbConnectInf(HENV henv, const wxString &dsn, const wxString &u
                        const wxString &fileType, const wxString &description)
 {
     Henv = 0;
                        const wxString &fileType, const wxString &description)
 {
     Henv = 0;

-    freeHenvOnDestroy = FALSE;
+    freeHenvOnDestroy = false;

 
     Initialize();
 
 
     Initialize();
 


@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ wxDbConnectInf::~wxDbConnectInf()
 /********** wxDbConnectInf::Initialize() **********/
 bool wxDbConnectInf::Initialize()
 {
 /********** wxDbConnectInf::Initialize() **********/
 bool wxDbConnectInf::Initialize()
 {

-    freeHenvOnDestroy = FALSE;
+    freeHenvOnDestroy = false;

 
     if (freeHenvOnDestroy && Henv)
         FreeHenv();
 
     if (freeHenvOnDestroy && Henv)
         FreeHenv();


@@ -163,9 +163,9 @@ bool wxDbConnectInf::Initialize()
     FileType.Empty();
     DefaultDir.Empty();
 
     FileType.Empty();
     DefaultDir.Empty();
 

-    useConnectionStr = FALSE;
+    useConnectionStr = false;

 
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }  // wxDbConnectInf::Initialize()
 
 
 }  // wxDbConnectInf::Initialize()
 
 


@@ -180,12 +180,12 @@ bool wxDbConnectInf::AllocHenv()
     if (SQLAllocEnv(&Henv) != SQL_SUCCESS)
     {
         wxLogDebug(wxT("A problem occured while trying to get a connection to the data source"));
     if (SQLAllocEnv(&Henv) != SQL_SUCCESS)
     {
         wxLogDebug(wxT("A problem occured while trying to get a connection to the data source"));

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     }
 

-    freeHenvOnDestroy = TRUE;
+    freeHenvOnDestroy = true;

 
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }  // wxDbConnectInf::AllocHenv()
 
 
 }  // wxDbConnectInf::AllocHenv()
 
 


@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ void wxDbConnectInf::FreeHenv()
         SQLFreeEnv(Henv);
 
     Henv = 0;
         SQLFreeEnv(Henv);
 
     Henv = 0;

-    freeHenvOnDestroy = FALSE;
+    freeHenvOnDestroy = false;

 
 }  // wxDbConnectInf::FreeHenv()
 
 
 }  // wxDbConnectInf::FreeHenv()
 


@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ void wxDbConnectInf::SetPassword(const wxString &password)
 void wxDbConnectInf::SetConnectionStr(const wxString &connectStr)
 {
     wxASSERT(connectStr.Length() < sizeof(ConnectionStr));
 void wxDbConnectInf::SetConnectionStr(const wxString &connectStr)
 {
     wxASSERT(connectStr.Length() < sizeof(ConnectionStr));

-    
+

     useConnectionStr = wxStrlen(connectStr) > 0;
 
     wxStrcpy(ConnectionStr, connectStr);
     useConnectionStr = wxStrlen(connectStr) > 0;
 
     wxStrcpy(ConnectionStr, connectStr);


@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ bool wxDbColInf::Initialize()
     FkTableName[0]  = 0;
     pColFor         = NULL;
 
     FkTableName[0]  = 0;
     pColFor         = NULL;
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }  // wxDbColInf::Initialize()
 
 
 }  // wxDbColInf::Initialize()
 
 


@@ -421,7 +421,7 @@ bool wxDbTableInf::Initialize()
     numCols         = 0;
     pColInf         = NULL;
 
     numCols         = 0;
     pColInf         = NULL;
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }  // wxDbTableInf::Initialize()
 
 
 }  // wxDbTableInf::Initialize()
 
 


@@ -449,7 +449,7 @@ bool wxDbInf::Initialize()
     numTables       = 0;
     pTableInf       = NULL;
 
     numTables       = 0;
     pTableInf       = NULL;
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }  // wxDbInf::Initialize()
 
 
 }  // wxDbInf::Initialize()
 
 


@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@ void wxDb::initialize()
     typeInfBlob.MaximumScale  = 0;
 
     // Error reporting is turned OFF by default
     typeInfBlob.MaximumScale  = 0;
 
     // Error reporting is turned OFF by default

-    silent = TRUE;
+    silent = true;

 
     // Allocate a data source connection handle
     if (SQLAllocConnect(henv, &hdbc) != SQL_SUCCESS)
 
     // Allocate a data source connection handle
     if (SQLAllocConnect(henv, &hdbc) != SQL_SUCCESS)


@@ -540,9 +540,9 @@ void wxDb::initialize()
     DB_STATUS = 0;
 
     // Mark database as not open as of yet
     DB_STATUS = 0;
 
     // Mark database as not open as of yet

-    dbIsOpen = FALSE;
-    dbIsCached = FALSE;
-    dbOpenedWithConnectionString = FALSE;
+    dbIsOpen = false;
+    dbIsCached = false;
+    dbOpenedWithConnectionString = false;

 }  // wxDb::initialize()
 
 
 }  // wxDb::initialize()
 
 


@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@ bool wxDb::open(bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
 */
 
     // Mark database as open
 */
 
     // Mark database as open

-    dbIsOpen = TRUE;
+    dbIsOpen = true;

 
     // Allocate a statement handle for the database connection
     if (SQLAllocStmt(hdbc, &hstmt) != SQL_SUCCESS)
 
     // Allocate a statement handle for the database connection
     if (SQLAllocStmt(hdbc, &hstmt) != SQL_SUCCESS)


@@ -597,11 +597,11 @@ bool wxDb::open(bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
 
     // Set Connection Options
     if (!setConnectionOptions())
 
     // Set Connection Options
     if (!setConnectionOptions())

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

 
     // Query the data source for inf. about itself
     if (!getDbInfo(failOnDataTypeUnsupported))
 
     // Query the data source for inf. about itself
     if (!getDbInfo(failOnDataTypeUnsupported))

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

 
     // Query the data source regarding data type information
 
 
     // Query the data source regarding data type information
 


@@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ bool wxDb::open(bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
     // VARCHAR = Variable length character string
     if (!getDataTypeInfo(SQL_VARCHAR, typeInfVarchar))
         if (!getDataTypeInfo(SQL_CHAR, typeInfVarchar))
     // VARCHAR = Variable length character string
     if (!getDataTypeInfo(SQL_VARCHAR, typeInfVarchar))
         if (!getDataTypeInfo(SQL_CHAR, typeInfVarchar))

-            return(FALSE);
+            return false;

         else
             typeInfVarchar.FsqlType = SQL_CHAR;
     else
         else
             typeInfVarchar.FsqlType = SQL_CHAR;
     else


@@ -661,7 +661,7 @@ bool wxDb::open(bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
                     if (!getDataTypeInfo(SQL_NUMERIC,typeInfFloat))
                     {
                         if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
                     if (!getDataTypeInfo(SQL_NUMERIC,typeInfFloat))
                     {
                         if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)

-                            return(FALSE);
+                            return false;

                     }
                     else
                         typeInfFloat.FsqlType = SQL_NUMERIC;
                     }
                     else
                         typeInfFloat.FsqlType = SQL_NUMERIC;


@@ -682,7 +682,7 @@ bool wxDb::open(bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
         if (!getDataTypeInfo(typeInfFloat.FsqlType, typeInfInteger))
         {
             if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
         if (!getDataTypeInfo(typeInfFloat.FsqlType, typeInfInteger))
         {
             if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)

-                return(FALSE);
+                return false;

         }
         else
             typeInfInteger.FsqlType = typeInfFloat.FsqlType;
         }
         else
             typeInfInteger.FsqlType = typeInfFloat.FsqlType;


@@ -704,7 +704,7 @@ bool wxDb::open(bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
 #endif // SQL_DATETIME defined
             {
                 if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
 #endif // SQL_DATETIME defined
             {
                 if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)

-                    return(FALSE);
+                    return false;

             }
         }
         else
             }
         }
         else


@@ -719,7 +719,7 @@ bool wxDb::open(bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
         if (!getDataTypeInfo(SQL_VARBINARY,typeInfBlob))
         {
             if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
         if (!getDataTypeInfo(SQL_VARBINARY,typeInfBlob))
         {
             if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)

-                return(FALSE);
+                return false;

         }
         else
             typeInfBlob.FsqlType = SQL_VARBINARY;
         }
         else
             typeInfBlob.FsqlType = SQL_VARBINARY;


@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ bool wxDb::open(bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
 #endif
 
     // Completed Successfully
 #endif
 
     // Completed Successfully

-    return(TRUE);
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxDb::Open(const wxString& inConnectStr, bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
 }
 
 bool wxDb::Open(const wxString& inConnectStr, bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported)


@@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ bool wxDb::Open(const wxString& inConnectStr, bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
 
     outConnectBuffer[outConnectBufferLen] = 0;
     outConnectionStr = outConnectBuffer;
 
     outConnectBuffer[outConnectBufferLen] = 0;
     outConnectionStr = outConnectBuffer;

-    dbOpenedWithConnectionString = TRUE;
+    dbOpenedWithConnectionString = true;

 
     return open(failOnDataTypeUnsupported);
 }
 
     return open(failOnDataTypeUnsupported);
 }


@@ -887,7 +887,7 @@ bool wxDb::Open(wxDb *copyDb)
 
         outConnectBuffer[outConnectBufferLen] = 0;
         outConnectionStr = outConnectBuffer;
 
         outConnectBuffer[outConnectBufferLen] = 0;
         outConnectionStr = outConnectBuffer;

-        dbOpenedWithConnectionString = TRUE;
+        dbOpenedWithConnectionString = true;

     }
     else
     {
     }
     else
     {


@@ -910,7 +910,7 @@ bool wxDb::Open(wxDb *copyDb)
 */
 
     // Mark database as open
 */
 
     // Mark database as open

-    dbIsOpen = TRUE;
+    dbIsOpen = true;

 
     // Allocate a statement handle for the database connection
     if (SQLAllocStmt(hdbc, &hstmt) != SQL_SUCCESS)
 
     // Allocate a statement handle for the database connection
     if (SQLAllocStmt(hdbc, &hstmt) != SQL_SUCCESS)


@@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ bool wxDb::Open(wxDb *copyDb)
 
     // Set Connection Options
     if (!setConnectionOptions())
 
     // Set Connection Options
     if (!setConnectionOptions())

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

 
     // Instead of Querying the data source for info about itself, it can just be copied
     // from the wxDb instance that was passed in (copyDb).
 
     // Instead of Querying the data source for info about itself, it can just be copied
     // from the wxDb instance that was passed in (copyDb).


@@ -999,7 +999,7 @@ bool wxDb::Open(wxDb *copyDb)
 #endif
 
     // Completed Successfully
 #endif
 
     // Completed Successfully

-    return(TRUE);
+    return true;

 } // wxDb::Open() 2
 
 
 } // wxDb::Open() 2
 
 


@@ -1066,7 +1066,7 @@ bool wxDb::setConnectionOptions(void)
 #endif
 
     // Completed Successfully
 #endif
 
     // Completed Successfully

-    return(TRUE);
+    return true;

 
 } // wxDb::setConnectionOptions()
 
 
 } // wxDb::setConnectionOptions()
 


@@ -1079,256 +1079,256 @@ bool wxDb::getDbInfo(bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_SERVER_NAME, (UCHAR*) dbInf.serverName, 80, &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_SERVER_NAME, (UCHAR*) dbInf.serverName, 80, &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_DATABASE_NAME, (UCHAR*) dbInf.databaseName, 128, &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_DATABASE_NAME, (UCHAR*) dbInf.databaseName, 128, &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_DBMS_NAME, (UCHAR*) dbInf.dbmsName, 40, &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_DBMS_NAME, (UCHAR*) dbInf.dbmsName, 40, &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     // 16-Mar-1999
     // After upgrading to MSVC6, the original 20 char buffer below was insufficient,
     // causing database connectivity to fail in some cases.
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_DBMS_VER, (UCHAR*) dbInf.dbmsVer, 64, &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     // 16-Mar-1999
     // After upgrading to MSVC6, the original 20 char buffer below was insufficient,
     // causing database connectivity to fail in some cases.
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_DBMS_VER, (UCHAR*) dbInf.dbmsVer, 64, &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_ACTIVE_CONNECTIONS, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.maxConnections, sizeof(dbInf.maxConnections), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_ACTIVE_CONNECTIONS, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.maxConnections, sizeof(dbInf.maxConnections), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_ACTIVE_STATEMENTS, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.maxStmts, sizeof(dbInf.maxStmts), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_ACTIVE_STATEMENTS, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.maxStmts, sizeof(dbInf.maxStmts), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_DRIVER_NAME, (UCHAR*) dbInf.driverName, 40, &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_DRIVER_NAME, (UCHAR*) dbInf.driverName, 40, &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_DRIVER_ODBC_VER, (UCHAR*) dbInf.odbcVer, 60, &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_DRIVER_ODBC_VER, (UCHAR*) dbInf.odbcVer, 60, &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_ODBC_VER, (UCHAR*) dbInf.drvMgrOdbcVer, 60, &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO)
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_ODBC_VER, (UCHAR*) dbInf.drvMgrOdbcVer, 60, &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO)

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_DRIVER_VER, (UCHAR*) dbInf.driverVer, 60, &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_DRIVER_VER, (UCHAR*) dbInf.driverVer, 60, &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_ODBC_API_CONFORMANCE, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.apiConfLvl, sizeof(dbInf.apiConfLvl), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_ODBC_API_CONFORMANCE, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.apiConfLvl, sizeof(dbInf.apiConfLvl), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_ODBC_SAG_CLI_CONFORMANCE, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.cliConfLvl, sizeof(dbInf.cliConfLvl), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
     {
         // Not all drivers support this call - Nick Gorham(unixODBC)
         dbInf.cliConfLvl = 0;
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_ODBC_SAG_CLI_CONFORMANCE, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.cliConfLvl, sizeof(dbInf.cliConfLvl), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
     {
         // Not all drivers support this call - Nick Gorham(unixODBC)
         dbInf.cliConfLvl = 0;

-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;

     }
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_ODBC_SQL_CONFORMANCE, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.sqlConfLvl, sizeof(dbInf.sqlConfLvl), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
     }
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_ODBC_SQL_CONFORMANCE, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.sqlConfLvl, sizeof(dbInf.sqlConfLvl), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_OUTER_JOINS, (UCHAR*) dbInf.outerJoins, 2, &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_OUTER_JOINS, (UCHAR*) dbInf.outerJoins, 2, &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_PROCEDURES, (UCHAR*) dbInf.procedureSupport, 2, &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_PROCEDURES, (UCHAR*) dbInf.procedureSupport, 2, &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_ACCESSIBLE_TABLES, (UCHAR*) dbInf.accessibleTables, 2, &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_ACCESSIBLE_TABLES, (UCHAR*) dbInf.accessibleTables, 2, &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_CURSOR_COMMIT_BEHAVIOR, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.cursorCommitBehavior, sizeof(dbInf.cursorCommitBehavior), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_CURSOR_COMMIT_BEHAVIOR, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.cursorCommitBehavior, sizeof(dbInf.cursorCommitBehavior), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_CURSOR_ROLLBACK_BEHAVIOR, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.cursorRollbackBehavior, sizeof(dbInf.cursorRollbackBehavior), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_CURSOR_ROLLBACK_BEHAVIOR, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.cursorRollbackBehavior, sizeof(dbInf.cursorRollbackBehavior), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_NON_NULLABLE_COLUMNS, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.supportNotNullClause, sizeof(dbInf.supportNotNullClause), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_NON_NULLABLE_COLUMNS, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.supportNotNullClause, sizeof(dbInf.supportNotNullClause), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_ODBC_SQL_OPT_IEF, (UCHAR*) dbInf.supportIEF, 2, &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_ODBC_SQL_OPT_IEF, (UCHAR*) dbInf.supportIEF, 2, &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_DEFAULT_TXN_ISOLATION, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.txnIsolation, sizeof(dbInf.txnIsolation), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_DEFAULT_TXN_ISOLATION, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.txnIsolation, sizeof(dbInf.txnIsolation), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_TXN_ISOLATION_OPTION, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.txnIsolationOptions, sizeof(dbInf.txnIsolationOptions), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_TXN_ISOLATION_OPTION, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.txnIsolationOptions, sizeof(dbInf.txnIsolationOptions), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_FETCH_DIRECTION, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.fetchDirections, sizeof(dbInf.fetchDirections), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_FETCH_DIRECTION, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.fetchDirections, sizeof(dbInf.fetchDirections), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_LOCK_TYPES, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.lockTypes, sizeof(dbInf.lockTypes), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_LOCK_TYPES, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.lockTypes, sizeof(dbInf.lockTypes), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_POS_OPERATIONS, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.posOperations, sizeof(dbInf.posOperations), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_POS_OPERATIONS, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.posOperations, sizeof(dbInf.posOperations), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_POSITIONED_STATEMENTS, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.posStmts, sizeof(dbInf.posStmts), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_POSITIONED_STATEMENTS, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.posStmts, sizeof(dbInf.posStmts), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_SCROLL_CONCURRENCY, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.scrollConcurrency, sizeof(dbInf.scrollConcurrency), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_SCROLL_CONCURRENCY, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.scrollConcurrency, sizeof(dbInf.scrollConcurrency), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_SCROLL_OPTIONS, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.scrollOptions, sizeof(dbInf.scrollOptions), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_SCROLL_OPTIONS, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.scrollOptions, sizeof(dbInf.scrollOptions), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_STATIC_SENSITIVITY, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.staticSensitivity, sizeof(dbInf.staticSensitivity), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_STATIC_SENSITIVITY, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.staticSensitivity, sizeof(dbInf.staticSensitivity), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_TXN_CAPABLE, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.txnCapable, sizeof(dbInf.txnCapable), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_TXN_CAPABLE, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.txnCapable, sizeof(dbInf.txnCapable), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_LOGIN_TIMEOUT, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.loginTimeout, sizeof(dbInf.loginTimeout), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )
 
     retcode = SQLGetInfo(hdbc, SQL_LOGIN_TIMEOUT, (UCHAR*) &dbInf.loginTimeout, sizeof(dbInf.loginTimeout), &cb);
     if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO )

-       {
-               DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
-               if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
-                       return FALSE;
-       }
+    {
+        DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
+        if (failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
+            return false;
+    }

 
 #ifdef DBDEBUG_CONSOLE
     cout << wxT("***** DATA SOURCE INFORMATION *****") << endl;
 
 #ifdef DBDEBUG_CONSOLE
     cout << wxT("***** DATA SOURCE INFORMATION *****") << endl;


@@ -1526,7 +1526,7 @@ bool wxDb::getDbInfo(bool failOnDataTypeUnsupported)
 #endif
 
     // Completed Successfully
 #endif
 
     // Completed Successfully

-    return(TRUE);
+    return true;

 
 } // wxDb::getDbInfo()
 
 
 } // wxDb::getDbInfo()
 


@@ -1557,7 +1557,7 @@ bool wxDb::getDataTypeInfo(SWORD fSqlType, wxDbSqlTypeInfo &structSQLTypeInfo)
 #endif
         DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt);
         SQLFreeStmt(hstmt, SQL_CLOSE);
 #endif
         DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt);
         SQLFreeStmt(hstmt, SQL_CLOSE);

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

     }
 
     wxChar typeName[DB_TYPE_NAME_LEN+1];
     }
 
     wxChar typeName[DB_TYPE_NAME_LEN+1];


@@ -1614,7 +1614,7 @@ bool wxDb::getDataTypeInfo(SWORD fSqlType, wxDbSqlTypeInfo &structSQLTypeInfo)
         return(DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt));
 
     // Completed Successfully
         return(DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt));
 
     // Completed Successfully

-    return(TRUE);
+    return true;

 
 } // wxDb::getDataTypeInfo()
 
 
 } // wxDb::getDataTypeInfo()
 


@@ -1671,7 +1671,7 @@ void wxDb::Close(void)
         wxStrcpy(DBerrorList[i], errorList[i]);
 
     dbmsType = dbmsUNIDENTIFIED;
         wxStrcpy(DBerrorList[i], errorList[i]);
 
     dbmsType = dbmsUNIDENTIFIED;

-    dbIsOpen = FALSE;
+    dbIsOpen = false;

 
 } // wxDb::Close()
 
 
 } // wxDb::Close()
 


@@ -1687,7 +1687,7 @@ bool wxDb::CommitTrans(void)
     }
 
     // Completed successfully
     }
 
     // Completed successfully

-    return(TRUE);
+    return true;

 
 } // wxDb::CommitTrans()
 
 
 } // wxDb::CommitTrans()
 


@@ -1700,7 +1700,7 @@ bool wxDb::RollbackTrans(void)
         return(DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc));
 
     // Completed successfully
         return(DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc));
 
     // Completed successfully

-    return(TRUE);
+    return true;

 
 } // wxDb::RollbackTrans()
 
 
 } // wxDb::RollbackTrans()
 


@@ -1717,7 +1717,7 @@ bool wxDb::DispAllErrors(HENV aHenv, HDBC aHdbc, HSTMT aHstmt)
  * If in DBDEBUG_CONSOLE mode, the constructed string will be displayed in the console
  * window and program execution will be paused until the user presses a key.
  *
  * If in DBDEBUG_CONSOLE mode, the constructed string will be displayed in the console
  * window and program execution will be paused until the user presses a key.
  *

- * This function always returns a FALSE, so that functions which call this function
+ * This function always returns a false, so that functions which call this function

  * can have a line like "return (DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc));" to indicate the failure
  * of the users request, so that the calling code can then process the error msg log
  */
  * can have a line like "return (DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc));" to indicate the failure
  * of the users request, so that the calling code can then process the error msg log
  */


@@ -1743,7 +1743,7 @@ bool wxDb::DispAllErrors(HENV aHenv, HDBC aHdbc, HSTMT aHstmt)
         }
     }
 
         }
     }
 

-    return(FALSE);  // This function always returns FALSE.
+    return false;  // This function always returns false.

 
 } // wxDb::DispAllErrors()
 
 
 } // wxDb::DispAllErrors()
 


@@ -1752,9 +1752,9 @@ bool wxDb::DispAllErrors(HENV aHenv, HDBC aHdbc, HSTMT aHstmt)
 bool wxDb::GetNextError(HENV aHenv, HDBC aHdbc, HSTMT aHstmt)
 {
     if (SQLError(aHenv, aHdbc, aHstmt, (SQLTCHAR FAR *) sqlState, &nativeError, (SQLTCHAR FAR *) errorMsg, SQL_MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH - 1, &cbErrorMsg) == SQL_SUCCESS)
 bool wxDb::GetNextError(HENV aHenv, HDBC aHdbc, HSTMT aHstmt)
 {
     if (SQLError(aHenv, aHdbc, aHstmt, (SQLTCHAR FAR *) sqlState, &nativeError, (SQLTCHAR FAR *) errorMsg, SQL_MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH - 1, &cbErrorMsg) == SQL_SUCCESS)

-        return(TRUE);
+        return true;

     else
     else

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

 
 } // wxDb::GetNextError()
 
 
 } // wxDb::GetNextError()
 


@@ -2061,7 +2061,7 @@ bool wxDb::CreateView(const wxString &viewName, const wxString &colList,
 
     // Drop the view first
     if (attemptDrop && !DropView(viewName))
 
     // Drop the view first
     if (attemptDrop && !DropView(viewName))

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     // Build the create view statement
     sqlStmt  = wxT("CREATE VIEW ");
 
     // Build the create view statement
     sqlStmt  = wxT("CREATE VIEW ");


@@ -2092,7 +2092,7 @@ bool wxDb::CreateView(const wxString &viewName, const wxString &colList,
 bool wxDb::DropView(const wxString &viewName)
 {
 /*
 bool wxDb::DropView(const wxString &viewName)
 {
 /*

- * NOTE: This function returns TRUE if the View does not exist, but
+ * NOTE: This function returns true if the View does not exist, but

  *       only for identified databases.  Code will need to be added
  *            below for any other databases when those databases are defined
  *       to handle this situation consistently
  *       only for identified databases.  Code will need to be added
  *            below for any other databases when those databases are defined
  *       to handle this situation consistently


@@ -2119,16 +2119,16 @@ bool wxDb::DropView(const wxString &viewName)
                 DispNextError();
                 DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt);
                 RollbackTrans();
                 DispNextError();
                 DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt);
                 RollbackTrans();

-                return(FALSE);
+                return false;

             }
         }
     }
 
     // Commit the transaction
     if (!CommitTrans())
             }
         }
     }
 
     // Commit the transaction
     if (!CommitTrans())

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

 
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 
 }  // wxDb::DropView()
 
 
 }  // wxDb::DropView()
 


@@ -2144,12 +2144,12 @@ bool wxDb::ExecSql(const wxString &pSqlStmt)
     if (retcode == SQL_SUCCESS ||
         (Dbms() == dbmsDB2 && (retcode == SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO || retcode == SQL_NO_DATA_FOUND)))
     {
     if (retcode == SQL_SUCCESS ||
         (Dbms() == dbmsDB2 && (retcode == SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO || retcode == SQL_NO_DATA_FOUND)))
     {

-        return(TRUE);
+        return true;

     }
     else
     {
         DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt);
     }
     else
     {
         DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt);

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

     }
 
 }  // wxDb::ExecSql()
     }
 
 }  // wxDb::ExecSql()


@@ -2159,11 +2159,11 @@ bool wxDb::ExecSql(const wxString &pSqlStmt)
 bool wxDb::GetNext(void)
 {
     if (SQLFetch(hstmt) == SQL_SUCCESS)
 bool wxDb::GetNext(void)
 {
     if (SQLFetch(hstmt) == SQL_SUCCESS)

-        return(TRUE);
+        return true;

     else
     {
         DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt);
     else
     {
         DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt);

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

     }
 
 }  // wxDb::GetNext()
     }
 
 }  // wxDb::GetNext()


@@ -2176,11 +2176,11 @@ bool wxDb::GetData(UWORD colNo, SWORD cType, PTR pData, SDWORD maxLen, SDWORD FA
     wxASSERT(cbReturned);
 
     if (SQLGetData(hstmt, colNo, cType, pData, maxLen, cbReturned) == SQL_SUCCESS)
     wxASSERT(cbReturned);
 
     if (SQLGetData(hstmt, colNo, cType, pData, maxLen, cbReturned) == SQL_SUCCESS)

-        return(TRUE);
+        return true;

     else
     {
         DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt);
     else
     {
         DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt);

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

     }
 
 }  // wxDb::GetData()
     }
 
 }  // wxDb::GetData()


@@ -3239,7 +3239,7 @@ bool wxDb::Catalog(const wxChar *userID, const wxString &fileName)
 
     FILE *fp = wxFopen(fileName.c_str(),wxT("wt"));
     if (fp == NULL)
 
     FILE *fp = wxFopen(fileName.c_str(),wxT("wt"));
     if (fp == NULL)

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

 
     SQLFreeStmt(hstmt, SQL_CLOSE);
 
 
     SQLFreeStmt(hstmt, SQL_CLOSE);
 


@@ -3270,14 +3270,14 @@ bool wxDb::Catalog(const wxChar *userID, const wxString &fileName)
     {
         DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt);
         fclose(fp);
     {
         DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt);
         fclose(fp);

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

     }
 
     wxString outStr;
     tblNameSave.Empty();
     int cnt = 0;
 
     }
 
     wxString outStr;
     tblNameSave.Empty();
     int cnt = 0;
 

-    while (TRUE)
+    while (true)

     {
         retcode = SQLFetch(hstmt);
         if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO)
     {
         retcode = SQLFetch(hstmt);
         if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO)


@@ -3316,7 +3316,7 @@ bool wxDb::Catalog(const wxChar *userID, const wxString &fileName)
         {
             SQLFreeStmt(hstmt, SQL_CLOSE);
             fclose(fp);
         {
             SQLFreeStmt(hstmt, SQL_CLOSE);
             fclose(fp);

-            return(FALSE);
+            return false;

         }
         cnt++;
     }
         }
         cnt++;
     }


@@ -3334,7 +3334,7 @@ bool wxDb::Catalog(const wxChar *userID, const wxString &fileName)
 
 bool wxDb::TableExists(const wxString &tableName, const wxChar *userID, const wxString &tablePath)
 /*
 
 bool wxDb::TableExists(const wxString &tableName, const wxChar *userID, const wxString &tablePath)
 /*

- * Table name can refer to a table, view, alias or synonym.  Returns TRUE
+ * Table name can refer to a table, view, alias or synonym.  Returns true

  * if the object exists in the database.  This function does not indicate
  * whether or not the user has privleges to query or perform other functions
  * on the table.
  * if the object exists in the database.  This function does not indicate
  * whether or not the user has privleges to query or perform other functions
  * on the table.


@@ -3411,7 +3411,7 @@ bool wxDb::TableExists(const wxString &tableName, const wxChar *userID, const wx
 
     SQLFreeStmt(hstmt, SQL_CLOSE);
 
 
     SQLFreeStmt(hstmt, SQL_CLOSE);
 

-    return(TRUE);
+    return true;

 
 }  // wxDb::TableExists()
 
 
 }  // wxDb::TableExists()
 


@@ -3472,30 +3472,30 @@ bool wxDb::TablePrivileges(const wxString &tableName, const wxString &priv, cons
     if ((retcode != SQL_SUCCESS) && (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO))
         return(DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt));
 
     if ((retcode != SQL_SUCCESS) && (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO))
         return(DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt));
 

-    bool failed = FALSE;
+    bool failed = false;

     retcode = SQLFetch(hstmt);
     while (retcode == SQL_SUCCESS || retcode == SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO)
     {
         if (SQLGetData(hstmt, 1, SQL_C_CHAR, (UCHAR*) result.tableQual, sizeof(result.tableQual), &cbRetVal) != SQL_SUCCESS)
     retcode = SQLFetch(hstmt);
     while (retcode == SQL_SUCCESS || retcode == SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO)
     {
         if (SQLGetData(hstmt, 1, SQL_C_CHAR, (UCHAR*) result.tableQual, sizeof(result.tableQual), &cbRetVal) != SQL_SUCCESS)

-            failed = TRUE;
+            failed = true;

 
         if (!failed && SQLGetData(hstmt, 2, SQL_C_CHAR, (UCHAR*) result.tableOwner, sizeof(result.tableOwner), &cbRetVal) != SQL_SUCCESS)
 
         if (!failed && SQLGetData(hstmt, 2, SQL_C_CHAR, (UCHAR*) result.tableOwner, sizeof(result.tableOwner), &cbRetVal) != SQL_SUCCESS)

-            failed = TRUE;
+            failed = true;

 
         if (!failed && SQLGetData(hstmt, 3, SQL_C_CHAR, (UCHAR*) result.tableName, sizeof(result.tableName), &cbRetVal) != SQL_SUCCESS)
 
         if (!failed && SQLGetData(hstmt, 3, SQL_C_CHAR, (UCHAR*) result.tableName, sizeof(result.tableName), &cbRetVal) != SQL_SUCCESS)

-            failed = TRUE;
+            failed = true;

 
         if (!failed && SQLGetData(hstmt, 4, SQL_C_CHAR, (UCHAR*) result.grantor, sizeof(result.grantor), &cbRetVal) != SQL_SUCCESS)
 
         if (!failed && SQLGetData(hstmt, 4, SQL_C_CHAR, (UCHAR*) result.grantor, sizeof(result.grantor), &cbRetVal) != SQL_SUCCESS)

-            failed = TRUE;
+            failed = true;

 
         if (!failed && SQLGetData(hstmt, 5, SQL_C_CHAR, (UCHAR*) result.grantee, sizeof(result.grantee), &cbRetVal) != SQL_SUCCESS)
 
         if (!failed && SQLGetData(hstmt, 5, SQL_C_CHAR, (UCHAR*) result.grantee, sizeof(result.grantee), &cbRetVal) != SQL_SUCCESS)

-            failed = TRUE;
+            failed = true;

 
         if (!failed && SQLGetData(hstmt, 6, SQL_C_CHAR, (UCHAR*) result.privilege, sizeof(result.privilege), &cbRetVal) != SQL_SUCCESS)
 
         if (!failed && SQLGetData(hstmt, 6, SQL_C_CHAR, (UCHAR*) result.privilege, sizeof(result.privilege), &cbRetVal) != SQL_SUCCESS)

-            failed = TRUE;
+            failed = true;

 
         if (!failed && SQLGetData(hstmt, 7, SQL_C_CHAR, (UCHAR*) result.grantable, sizeof(result.grantable), &cbRetVal) != SQL_SUCCESS)
 
         if (!failed && SQLGetData(hstmt, 7, SQL_C_CHAR, (UCHAR*) result.grantable, sizeof(result.grantable), &cbRetVal) != SQL_SUCCESS)

-            failed = TRUE;
+            failed = true;

 
         if (failed)
         {
 
         if (failed)
         {


@@ -3507,31 +3507,31 @@ bool wxDb::TablePrivileges(const wxString &tableName, const wxString &priv, cons
                 result.grantor, result.grantee);
 #endif
 
                 result.grantor, result.grantee);
 #endif
 

-        if (UserID.IsSameAs(result.tableOwner,FALSE))
+        if (UserID.IsSameAs(result.tableOwner,false))

         {
             SQLFreeStmt(hstmt, SQL_CLOSE);
         {
             SQLFreeStmt(hstmt, SQL_CLOSE);

-            return TRUE;
+            return true;

         }
 
         }
 

-        if (UserID.IsSameAs(result.grantee,FALSE) &&
+        if (UserID.IsSameAs(result.grantee,false) &&

             !wxStrcmp(result.privilege,priv))
         {
             SQLFreeStmt(hstmt, SQL_CLOSE);
             !wxStrcmp(result.privilege,priv))
         {
             SQLFreeStmt(hstmt, SQL_CLOSE);

-            return TRUE;
+            return true;

         }
 
         if (!wxStrcmp(result.grantee,curRole) &&
             !wxStrcmp(result.privilege,priv))
         {
             SQLFreeStmt(hstmt, SQL_CLOSE);
         }
 
         if (!wxStrcmp(result.grantee,curRole) &&
             !wxStrcmp(result.privilege,priv))
         {
             SQLFreeStmt(hstmt, SQL_CLOSE);

-            return TRUE;
+            return true;

         }
 
         retcode = SQLFetch(hstmt);
     }
 
     SQLFreeStmt(hstmt, SQL_CLOSE);
         }
 
         retcode = SQLFetch(hstmt);
     }
 
     SQLFreeStmt(hstmt, SQL_CLOSE);

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 
 }  // wxDb::TablePrivileges
 
 
 }  // wxDb::TablePrivileges
 


@@ -3576,7 +3576,7 @@ bool wxDb::SetSqlLogging(wxDbSqlLogState state, const wxString &filename, bool a
         {
             fpSqlLog = wxFopen(filename, (append ? wxT("at") : wxT("wt")));
             if (fpSqlLog == NULL)
         {
             fpSqlLog = wxFopen(filename, (append ? wxT("at") : wxT("wt")));
             if (fpSqlLog == NULL)

-                return(FALSE);
+                return false;

         }
     }
     else  // sqlLogOFF
         }
     }
     else  // sqlLogOFF


@@ -3584,13 +3584,13 @@ bool wxDb::SetSqlLogging(wxDbSqlLogState state, const wxString &filename, bool a
         if (fpSqlLog)
         {
             if (fclose(fpSqlLog))
         if (fpSqlLog)
         {
             if (fclose(fpSqlLog))

-                return(FALSE);
+                return false;

             fpSqlLog = 0;
         }
     }
 
     sqlLogState = state;
             fpSqlLog = 0;
         }
     }
 
     sqlLogState = state;

-    return(TRUE);
+    return true;

 
 }  // wxDb::SetSqlLogging()
 
 
 }  // wxDb::SetSqlLogging()
 


@@ -3601,16 +3601,16 @@ bool wxDb::WriteSqlLog(const wxString &logMsg)
     wxASSERT(logMsg.Length());
 
     if (fpSqlLog == 0 || sqlLogState == sqlLogOFF)
     wxASSERT(logMsg.Length());
 
     if (fpSqlLog == 0 || sqlLogState == sqlLogOFF)

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

 
     if (wxFputs(wxT("\n"),   fpSqlLog) == EOF)
 
     if (wxFputs(wxT("\n"),   fpSqlLog) == EOF)

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

     if (wxFputs(logMsg, fpSqlLog) == EOF)
     if (wxFputs(logMsg, fpSqlLog) == EOF)

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

     if (wxFputs(wxT("\n"),   fpSqlLog) == EOF)
     if (wxFputs(wxT("\n"),   fpSqlLog) == EOF)

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

 
 

-    return(TRUE);
+    return true;

 
 }  // wxDb::WriteSqlLog()
 
 
 }  // wxDb::WriteSqlLog()
 


@@ -3638,7 +3638,7 @@ wxDBMS wxDb::Dbms(void)
  *        - Does not support the SQL_TIMESTAMP structure
  *        - Supports only one cursor and one connect (apparently? with Microsoft driver only?)
  *        - Does not automatically create the primary index if the 'keyField' param of SetColDef
  *        - Does not support the SQL_TIMESTAMP structure
  *        - Supports only one cursor and one connect (apparently? with Microsoft driver only?)
  *        - Does not automatically create the primary index if the 'keyField' param of SetColDef

- *            is TRUE.  The user must create ALL indexes from their program.
+ *            is true.  The user must create ALL indexes from their program.

  *        - Table names can only be 8 characters long
  *        - Column names can only be 10 characters long
  *
  *        - Table names can only be 8 characters long
  *        - Column names can only be 10 characters long
  *


@@ -3764,7 +3764,7 @@ bool wxDb::ModifyColumn(const wxString &tableName, const wxString &columnName,
 
     // Must specify a columnLength if modifying a VARCHAR type column
     if (dataType == DB_DATA_TYPE_VARCHAR && !columnLength)
 
     // Must specify a columnLength if modifying a VARCHAR type column
     if (dataType == DB_DATA_TYPE_VARCHAR && !columnLength)

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     wxString dataTypeName;
     wxString sqlStmt;
 
     wxString dataTypeName;
     wxString sqlStmt;


@@ -3788,7 +3788,7 @@ bool wxDb::ModifyColumn(const wxString &tableName, const wxString &columnName,
             dataTypeName = typeInfBlob.TypeName;
             break;
         default:
             dataTypeName = typeInfBlob.TypeName;
             break;
         default:

-            return FALSE;
+            return false;

     }
 
     // Set the modify or alter syntax depending on the type of database connected to
     }
 
     // Set the modify or alter syntax depending on the type of database connected to


@@ -3801,7 +3801,7 @@ bool wxDb::ModifyColumn(const wxString &tableName, const wxString &columnName,
             alterSlashModify = _T("ALTER COLUMN");
             break;
         case dbmsUNIDENTIFIED :
             alterSlashModify = _T("ALTER COLUMN");
             break;
         case dbmsUNIDENTIFIED :

-            return FALSE;
+            return false;

         case dbmsSYBASE_ASA :
         case dbmsSYBASE_ASE :
         case dbmsMY_SQL :
         case dbmsSYBASE_ASA :
         case dbmsSYBASE_ASE :
         case dbmsMY_SQL :


@@ -3870,11 +3870,11 @@ wxDb WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC *wxDbGetConnection(wxDbConnectInf *pDbConfig, bool FwdOnly
         {
             if (pDbConfig->UseConnectionStr())
             {
         {
             if (pDbConfig->UseConnectionStr())
             {

-                if (pList->PtrDb->OpenedWithConnectionString() && 
+                if (pList->PtrDb->OpenedWithConnectionString() &&

                      (!wxStrcmp(pDbConfig->GetConnectionStr(), pList->ConnectionStr)))
                 {
                     // Found a free connection
                      (!wxStrcmp(pDbConfig->GetConnectionStr(), pList->ConnectionStr)))
                 {
                     // Found a free connection

-                    pList->Free = FALSE;
+                    pList->Free = false;

                     return(pList->PtrDb);
                 }
             }
                     return(pList->PtrDb);
                 }
             }


@@ -3884,7 +3884,7 @@ wxDb WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC *wxDbGetConnection(wxDbConnectInf *pDbConfig, bool FwdOnly
                      (!wxStrcmp(pDbConfig->GetDsn(), pList->Dsn)))
                 {
                     // Found a free connection
                      (!wxStrcmp(pDbConfig->GetDsn(), pList->Dsn)))
                 {
                     // Found a free connection

-                    pList->Free = FALSE;
+                    pList->Free = false;

                     return(pList->PtrDb);
                 }
             }
                     return(pList->PtrDb);
                 }
             }


@@ -3924,7 +3924,7 @@ wxDb WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC *wxDbGetConnection(wxDbConnectInf *pDbConfig, bool FwdOnly
 
     // Initialize new node in the linked list
     pList->PtrNext          = 0;
 
     // Initialize new node in the linked list
     pList->PtrNext          = 0;

-    pList->Free             = FALSE;
+    pList->Free             = false;

     pList->Dsn              = pDbConfig->GetDsn();
     pList->Uid              = pDbConfig->GetUserID();
     pList->AuthStr          = pDbConfig->GetPassword();
     pList->Dsn              = pDbConfig->GetDsn();
     pList->Uid              = pDbConfig->GetUserID();
     pList->AuthStr          = pDbConfig->GetPassword();


@@ -3951,8 +3951,8 @@ wxDb WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC *wxDbGetConnection(wxDbConnectInf *pDbConfig, bool FwdOnly
     // Connect to the datasource
     if (opened)
     {
     // Connect to the datasource
     if (opened)
     {

-        pList->PtrDb->setCached(TRUE);  // Prevent a user from deleting a cached connection
-        pList->PtrDb->SetSqlLogging(SQLLOGstate, SQLLOGfn, TRUE);
+        pList->PtrDb->setCached(true);  // Prevent a user from deleting a cached connection
+        pList->PtrDb->SetSqlLogging(SQLLOGstate, SQLLOGfn, true);

         return(pList->PtrDb);
     }
     else  // Unable to connect, destroy list item
         return(pList->PtrDb);
     }
     else  // Unable to connect, destroy list item


@@ -3981,11 +3981,11 @@ bool WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC wxDbFreeConnection(wxDb *pDb)
     for (pList = PtrBegDbList; pList; pList = pList->PtrNext)
     {
         if (pList->PtrDb == pDb)  // Found it, now free it!!!
     for (pList = PtrBegDbList; pList; pList = pList->PtrNext)
     {
         if (pList->PtrDb == pDb)  // Found it, now free it!!!

-            return (pList->Free = TRUE);
+            return (pList->Free = true);

     }
 
     // Never found the database object, return failure
     }
 
     // Never found the database object, return failure

-    return(FALSE);
+    return false;

 
 }  // wxDbFreeConnection()
 
 
 }  // wxDbFreeConnection()
 


@@ -4001,7 +4001,7 @@ void WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC wxDbCloseConnections(void)
         pNext = pList->PtrNext;       // Save the pointer to next
         pList->PtrDb->CommitTrans();  // Commit any open transactions on wxDb object
         pList->PtrDb->Close();        // Close the wxDb object
         pNext = pList->PtrNext;       // Save the pointer to next
         pList->PtrDb->CommitTrans();  // Commit any open transactions on wxDb object
         pList->PtrDb->Close();        // Close the wxDb object

-        pList->PtrDb->setCached(FALSE);  // Allows deletion of the wxDb instance
+        pList->PtrDb->setCached(false);  // Allows deletion of the wxDb instance

         delete pList->PtrDb;          // Deletes the wxDb object
         delete pList;                 // Deletes the linked list object
     }
         delete pList->PtrDb;          // Deletes the wxDb object
         delete pList;                 // Deletes the linked list object
     }


@@ -4021,7 +4021,7 @@ int WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC wxDbConnectionsInUse(void)
     // Scan the linked list counting db connections that are currently in use
     for (pList = PtrBegDbList; pList; pList = pList->PtrNext)
     {
     // Scan the linked list counting db connections that are currently in use
     for (pList = PtrBegDbList; pList; pList = pList->PtrNext)
     {

-        if (pList->Free == FALSE)
+        if (pList->Free == false)

             cnt++;
     }
 
             cnt++;
     }
 


@@ -4081,20 +4081,20 @@ const wxChar WXDLLIMPEXP_ODBC *wxDbLogExtendedErrorMsg(const wxChar *userText,
 /********** wxDbSqlLog() **********/
 bool wxDbSqlLog(wxDbSqlLogState state, const wxChar *filename)
 {
 /********** wxDbSqlLog() **********/
 bool wxDbSqlLog(wxDbSqlLogState state, const wxChar *filename)
 {

-    bool append = FALSE;
+    bool append = false;

     wxDbList *pList;
 
     for (pList = PtrBegDbList; pList; pList = pList->PtrNext)
     {
         if (!pList->PtrDb->SetSqlLogging(state,filename,append))
     wxDbList *pList;
 
     for (pList = PtrBegDbList; pList; pList = pList->PtrNext)
     {
         if (!pList->PtrDb->SetSqlLogging(state,filename,append))

-            return(FALSE);
-        append = TRUE;
+            return false;
+        append = true;

     }
 
     SQLLOGstate = state;
     SQLLOGfn = filename;
 
     }
 
     SQLLOGstate = state;
     SQLLOGfn = filename;
 

-    return(TRUE);
+    return true;

 
 }  // wxDbSqlLog()
 
 
 }  // wxDbSqlLog()
 


@@ -4132,7 +4132,7 @@ int wxDbCreateDataSource(const wxString &driverName, const wxString &dsn, const
     int k;
     do
     {
     int k;
     do
     {

-        k = setupStr.Find((wxChar)2,TRUE);
+        k = setupStr.Find((wxChar)2,true);

         if (k != wxNOT_FOUND)
             setupStr[(UINT)k] = wxT('\0');
     }
         if (k != wxNOT_FOUND)
             setupStr[(UINT)k] = wxT('\0');
     }


@@ -4194,9 +4194,9 @@ bool wxDbGetDataSource(HENV henv, wxChar *Dsn, SWORD DsnMax, wxChar *DsDesc,
 
     if (SQLDataSources(henv, direction, (SQLTCHAR FAR *) Dsn, DsnMax, &cb1,
                              (SQLTCHAR FAR *) DsDesc, DsDescMax, &cb2) == SQL_SUCCESS)
 
     if (SQLDataSources(henv, direction, (SQLTCHAR FAR *) Dsn, DsnMax, &cb1,
                              (SQLTCHAR FAR *) DsDesc, DsDescMax, &cb2) == SQL_SUCCESS)

-        return(TRUE);
+        return true;

     else
     else

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

 
 }  // wxDbGetDataSource()
 
 
 }  // wxDbGetDataSource()
 

diff --git a/src/common/dbgrid.cpp b/src/common/dbgrid.cpp
index feecae05dc73c7f8101054871966eca12d99c5a4..cb3cd9c99eadc321957276794f3afaf944f62e29 100644 (file)
--- a/src/common/dbgrid.cpp
+++ b/src/common/dbgrid.cpp
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ wxDbGridTableBase::wxDbGridTableBase(wxDbTable *tab, wxDbGridColInfo*  ColInfo,
     m_keys(),
     m_data(tab),
     m_dbowner(takeOwnership),
     m_keys(),
     m_data(tab),
     m_dbowner(takeOwnership),

-    m_rowmodified(FALSE)
+    m_rowmodified(false)

 {
 
     if (count == wxUSE_QUERY)
 {
 
     if (count == wxUSE_QUERY)


@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ bool wxDbGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes()
         // use the default attr provider by default
         SetAttrProvider(new wxDbGridCellAttrProvider(m_data, m_ColInfo));
     }
         // use the default attr provider by default
         SetAttrProvider(new wxDbGridCellAttrProvider(m_data, m_ColInfo));
     }

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 
 }
 
 


@@ -259,8 +259,8 @@ bool wxDbGridTableBase::AssignDbTable(wxDbTable *tab, int count, bool takeOwners
         grid->EndBatch();
     }
     m_dbowner = takeOwnership;
         grid->EndBatch();
     }
     m_dbowner = takeOwnership;

-    m_rowmodified = FALSE;
-    return TRUE;
+    m_rowmodified = false;
+    return true;

 }
 
 wxString wxDbGridTableBase::GetTypeName(int WXUNUSED(row), int col)
 }
 
 wxString wxDbGridTableBase::GetTypeName(int WXUNUSED(row), int col)


@@ -317,19 +317,19 @@ bool wxDbGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs(int row, int col, const wxString& typeName
     if (typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING)
     {
         //FIXME ummm What about blob field etc.
     if (typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING)
     {
         //FIXME ummm What about blob field etc.

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 
     if (m_data->IsColNull(m_ColInfo[col].DbCol))
     {
     }
 
     if (m_data->IsColNull(m_ColInfo[col].DbCol))
     {

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     if (m_data->GetNumberOfColumns() <= m_ColInfo[col].DbCol)
     {
         //If a virtual column then we can't find it's type. we have to
     }
 
     if (m_data->GetNumberOfColumns() <= m_ColInfo[col].DbCol)
     {
         //If a virtual column then we can't find it's type. we have to

-        // return FALSE to get using wxVariant.
-        return FALSE;
+        // return false to get using wxVariant.
+        return false;

     }
     int sqltype = m_data->GetColDefs()[(m_ColInfo[col].DbCol)].SqlCtype;
 
     }
     int sqltype = m_data->GetColDefs()[(m_ColInfo[col].DbCol)].SqlCtype;
 


@@ -339,9 +339,9 @@ bool wxDbGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs(int row, int col, const wxString& typeName
             (sqltype == SQL_C_TIME) ||
             (sqltype == SQL_C_TIMESTAMP))
         {
             (sqltype == SQL_C_TIME) ||
             (sqltype == SQL_C_TIMESTAMP))
         {

-            return TRUE;
+            return true;

         }
         }

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
     if (typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER)
     {
     }
     if (typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER)
     {


@@ -350,9 +350,9 @@ bool wxDbGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs(int row, int col, const wxString& typeName
             (sqltype == SQL_C_SLONG)  ||
             (sqltype == SQL_C_ULONG))
         {
             (sqltype == SQL_C_SLONG)  ||
             (sqltype == SQL_C_ULONG))
         {

-            return TRUE;
+            return true;

         }
         }

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
     if (typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT)
     {
     }
     if (typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT)
     {


@@ -363,11 +363,11 @@ bool wxDbGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs(int row, int col, const wxString& typeName
             (sqltype == SQL_C_FLOAT)  ||
             (sqltype == SQL_C_DOUBLE))
         {
             (sqltype == SQL_C_FLOAT)  ||
             (sqltype == SQL_C_DOUBLE))
         {

-            return TRUE;
+            return true;

         }
         }

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
     }

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 bool wxDbGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs(int WXUNUSED(row), int col, const wxString& typeName)
 }
 
 bool wxDbGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs(int WXUNUSED(row), int col, const wxString& typeName)


@@ -375,19 +375,19 @@ bool wxDbGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs(int WXUNUSED(row), int col, const wxString
     if (typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING)
     {
         //FIXME ummm What about blob field etc.
     if (typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING)
     {
         //FIXME ummm What about blob field etc.

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 
     if (!(m_data->GetColDefs()[(m_ColInfo[col].DbCol)].Updateable))
     {
     }
 
     if (!(m_data->GetColDefs()[(m_ColInfo[col].DbCol)].Updateable))
     {

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     if (m_data->GetNumberOfColumns() <= m_ColInfo[col].DbCol)
     {
         //If a virtual column then we can't find it's type. we have to faulse to
         //get using wxVairent.
     }
 
     if (m_data->GetNumberOfColumns() <= m_ColInfo[col].DbCol)
     {
         //If a virtual column then we can't find it's type. we have to faulse to
         //get using wxVairent.

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     int sqltype = m_data->GetColDefs()[(m_ColInfo[col].DbCol)].SqlCtype;
     }
 
     int sqltype = m_data->GetColDefs()[(m_ColInfo[col].DbCol)].SqlCtype;


@@ -397,9 +397,9 @@ bool wxDbGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs(int WXUNUSED(row), int col, const wxString
             (sqltype == SQL_C_TIME) ||
             (sqltype == SQL_C_TIMESTAMP))
         {
             (sqltype == SQL_C_TIME) ||
             (sqltype == SQL_C_TIMESTAMP))
         {

-            return TRUE;
+            return true;

         }
         }

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
     if (typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER)
     {
     }
     if (typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER)
     {


@@ -408,9 +408,9 @@ bool wxDbGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs(int WXUNUSED(row), int col, const wxString
             (sqltype == SQL_C_SLONG)  ||
             (sqltype == SQL_C_ULONG))
         {
             (sqltype == SQL_C_SLONG)  ||
             (sqltype == SQL_C_ULONG))
         {

-            return TRUE;
+            return true;

         }
         }

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
     if (typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT)
     {
     }
     if (typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT)
     {


@@ -421,11 +421,11 @@ bool wxDbGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs(int WXUNUSED(row), int col, const wxString
             (sqltype == SQL_C_FLOAT)  ||
             (sqltype == SQL_C_DOUBLE))
         {
             (sqltype == SQL_C_FLOAT)  ||
             (sqltype == SQL_C_DOUBLE))
         {

-            return TRUE;
+            return true;

         }
         }

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
     }

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 long wxDbGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong(int row, int col)
 }
 
 long wxDbGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong(int row, int col)


@@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ void wxDbGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom(int row, int col, const wxString& typeN
                 return;
             }
             wxVariant val(date);
                 return;
             }
             wxVariant val(date);

-            m_rowmodified = TRUE;
+            m_rowmodified = true;

             m_data->SetCol(m_ColInfo[col].DbCol,val);
         }
     }
             m_data->SetCol(m_ColInfo[col].DbCol,val);
         }
     }


@@ -603,7 +603,7 @@ void wxDbGridTableBase::SetValue(int row, int col,const wxString& value)
     ValidateRow(row);
     wxVariant val(value);
 
     ValidateRow(row);
     wxVariant val(value);
 

-    m_rowmodified = TRUE;
+    m_rowmodified = true;

     m_data->SetCol(m_ColInfo[col].DbCol,val);
 }
 
     m_data->SetCol(m_ColInfo[col].DbCol,val);
 }
 


@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ void wxDbGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong(int row, int col, long value)
     ValidateRow(row);
     wxVariant val(value);
 
     ValidateRow(row);
     wxVariant val(value);
 

-    m_rowmodified = TRUE;
+    m_rowmodified = true;

     m_data->SetCol(m_ColInfo[col].DbCol,val);
 }
 
     m_data->SetCol(m_ColInfo[col].DbCol,val);
 }
 


@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ void wxDbGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble(int row, int col, double value)
     ValidateRow(row);
     wxVariant val(value);
 
     ValidateRow(row);
     wxVariant val(value);
 

-    m_rowmodified = TRUE;
+    m_rowmodified = true;

     m_data->SetCol(m_ColInfo[col].DbCol,val);
 
 }
     m_data->SetCol(m_ColInfo[col].DbCol,val);
 
 }


@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ void wxDbGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool(int row, int col, bool value)
     ValidateRow(row);
     wxVariant val(value);
 
     ValidateRow(row);
     wxVariant val(value);
 

-    m_rowmodified = TRUE;
+    m_rowmodified = true;

     m_data->SetCol(m_ColInfo[col].DbCol,val);
 }
 
     m_data->SetCol(m_ColInfo[col].DbCol,val);
 }
 


@@ -687,17 +687,17 @@ void wxDbGridTableBase::ValidateRow(int row)
 
         m_row = row;
     }
 
         m_row = row;
     }

-    m_rowmodified = FALSE;
+    m_rowmodified = false;

 }
 
 bool wxDbGridTableBase::Writeback() const
 {
     if (!m_rowmodified)
     {
 }
 
 bool wxDbGridTableBase::Writeback() const
 {
     if (!m_rowmodified)
     {

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 
     }
 

-    bool result=TRUE;
+    bool result=true;

     wxLogDebug(wxT("\trow key unknown"));
 
 // FIXME: this code requires dbtable support for record status
     wxLogDebug(wxT("\trow key unknown"));
 
 // FIXME: this code requires dbtable support for record status

diff --git a/src/common/dbtable.cpp b/src/common/dbtable.cpp
index ce60d096dcc3dddef1c69486ac7770c4741c8fd7..bfc966f81131f747a57fde358839cfeaa043c6da 100644 (file)
--- a/src/common/dbtable.cpp
+++ b/src/common/dbtable.cpp
@@ -95,14 +95,14 @@ bool wxDbColDef::Initialize()
     SqlCtype        = SQL_C_LONG;
     PtrDataObj      = NULL;
     SzDataObj       = 0;
     SqlCtype        = SQL_C_LONG;
     PtrDataObj      = NULL;
     SzDataObj       = 0;

-    KeyField        = FALSE;
-    Updateable      = FALSE;
-    InsertAllowed   = FALSE;
-    DerivedCol      = FALSE;
+    KeyField        = false;
+    Updateable      = false;
+    InsertAllowed   = false;
+    DerivedCol      = false;

     CbValue         = 0;
     CbValue         = 0;

-    Null = FALSE;
+    Null            = false;

 
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }  // wxDbColDef::Initialize()
 
 
 }  // wxDbColDef::Initialize()
 
 


@@ -154,9 +154,9 @@ bool wxDbTable::initialize(wxDb *pwxDb, const wxString &tblName, const UWORD num
     where.Empty();                                  // Where clause
     orderBy.Empty();                                // Order By clause
     from.Empty();                                   // From clause
     where.Empty();                                  // Where clause
     orderBy.Empty();                                // Order By clause
     from.Empty();                                   // From clause

-    selectForUpdate     = FALSE;                    // SELECT ... FOR UPDATE; Indicates whether to include the FOR UPDATE phrase
+    selectForUpdate     = false;                    // SELECT ... FOR UPDATE; Indicates whether to include the FOR UPDATE phrase

     queryOnly           = qryOnly;
     queryOnly           = qryOnly;

-    insertable          = TRUE;
+    insertable          = true;

     tablePath.Empty();
     tableName.Empty();
     queryTableName.Empty();
     tablePath.Empty();
     tableName.Empty();
     queryTableName.Empty();


@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::initialize(wxDb *pwxDb, const wxString &tblName, const UWORD num
     wxASSERT(pDb);
 
     if (!pDb)
     wxASSERT(pDb);
 
     if (!pDb)

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     tableName = tblName;                        // Table Name
     if (tblPath.Length())
 
     tableName = tblName;                        // Table Name
     if (tblPath.Length())


@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::initialize(wxDb *pwxDb, const wxString &tblName, const UWORD num
                 {
                     // Should never happen
                     pDb->GetNextError(henv, hdbc, hstmtInternal);
                 {
                     // Should never happen
                     pDb->GetNextError(henv, hdbc, hstmtInternal);

-                    return FALSE;
+                    return false;

                 }
             }
         }
                 }
             }
         }


@@ -291,11 +291,11 @@ bool wxDbTable::initialize(wxDb *pwxDb, const wxString &tblName, const UWORD num
     }
 
     // Make the default cursor the active cursor
     }
 
     // Make the default cursor the active cursor

-    hstmtDefault = GetNewCursor(FALSE,FALSE);
+    hstmtDefault = GetNewCursor(false,false);

     wxASSERT(hstmtDefault);
     hstmt = *hstmtDefault;
 
     wxASSERT(hstmtDefault);
     hstmt = *hstmtDefault;
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 
 }  // wxDbTable::initialize()
 
 
 }  // wxDbTable::initialize()
 


@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ void wxDbTable::cleanup()
 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
     if (tableID)
     {
 #ifdef __WXDEBUG__
     if (tableID)
     {

-        bool found = FALSE;
+        bool found = false;

 
         wxList::compatibility_iterator pNode;
         pNode = TablesInUse.GetFirst();
 
         wxList::compatibility_iterator pNode;
         pNode = TablesInUse.GetFirst();


@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ void wxDbTable::cleanup()
         {
             if (((wxTablesInUse *)pNode->GetData())->tableID == tableID)
             {
         {
             if (((wxTablesInUse *)pNode->GetData())->tableID == tableID)
             {

-                found = TRUE;
+                found = true;

                 delete (wxTablesInUse *)pNode->GetData();
                 TablesInUse.Erase(pNode);
             }
                 delete (wxTablesInUse *)pNode->GetData();
                 TablesInUse.Erase(pNode);
             }


@@ -445,7 +445,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::bindParams(bool forUpdate)
 {
     wxASSERT(!queryOnly);
     if (queryOnly)
 {
     wxASSERT(!queryOnly);
     if (queryOnly)

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

 
     SWORD   fSqlType    = 0;
     SDWORD  precision   = 0;
 
     SWORD   fSqlType    = 0;
     SDWORD  precision   = 0;


@@ -526,7 +526,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::bindParams(bool forUpdate)
     }
 
     // Completed successfully
     }
 
     // Completed successfully

-    return(TRUE);
+    return true;

 
 }  // wxDbTable::bindParams()
 
 
 }  // wxDbTable::bindParams()
 


@@ -534,14 +534,14 @@ bool wxDbTable::bindParams(bool forUpdate)
 /********** wxDbTable::bindInsertParams() **********/
 bool wxDbTable::bindInsertParams(void)
 {
 /********** wxDbTable::bindInsertParams() **********/
 bool wxDbTable::bindInsertParams(void)
 {

-    return bindParams(FALSE);
+    return bindParams(false);

 }  // wxDbTable::bindInsertParams()
 
 
 /********** wxDbTable::bindUpdateParams() **********/
 bool wxDbTable::bindUpdateParams(void)
 {
 }  // wxDbTable::bindInsertParams()
 
 
 /********** wxDbTable::bindUpdateParams() **********/
 bool wxDbTable::bindUpdateParams(void)
 {

-    return bindParams(TRUE);
+    return bindParams(true);

 }  // wxDbTable::bindUpdateParams()
 
 
 }  // wxDbTable::bindUpdateParams()
 
 


@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::bindCols(HSTMT cursor)
     }
 
     // Completed successfully
     }
 
     // Completed successfully

-    return(TRUE);
+    return true;

 
 }  // wxDbTable::bindCols()
 
 
 }  // wxDbTable::bindCols()
 


@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::getRec(UWORD fetchType)
         if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO)
         {
             if (retcode == SQL_NO_DATA_FOUND)
         if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO)
         {
             if (retcode == SQL_NO_DATA_FOUND)

-                return(FALSE);
+                return false;

             else
                 return(pDb->DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt));
         }
             else
                 return(pDb->DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt));
         }


@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::getRec(UWORD fetchType)
         if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO)
         {
             if (retcode == SQL_NO_DATA_FOUND)
         if (retcode != SQL_SUCCESS && retcode != SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO)
         {
             if (retcode == SQL_NO_DATA_FOUND)

-                return(FALSE);
+                return false;

             else
                 return(pDb->DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt));
         }
             else
                 return(pDb->DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt));
         }


@@ -616,7 +616,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::getRec(UWORD fetchType)
     }
 
     // Completed successfully
     }
 
     // Completed successfully

-    return(TRUE);
+    return true;

 
 }  // wxDbTable::getRec()
 
 
 }  // wxDbTable::getRec()
 


@@ -634,7 +634,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::execDelete(const wxString &pSqlStmt)
         retcode == SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO)
     {
         // Record deleted successfully
         retcode == SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO)
     {
         // Record deleted successfully

-        return(TRUE);
+        return true;

     }
 
     // Problem deleting record
     }
 
     // Problem deleting record


@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::execUpdate(const wxString &pSqlStmt)
         retcode == SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO)
     {
         // Record updated successfully
         retcode == SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO)
     {
         // Record updated successfully

-        return(TRUE);
+        return true;

     }
     else if (retcode == SQL_NEED_DATA)
     {
     }
     else if (retcode == SQL_NEED_DATA)
     {


@@ -687,7 +687,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::execUpdate(const wxString &pSqlStmt)
             retcode == SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO)
         {
             // Record updated successfully
             retcode == SQL_SUCCESS_WITH_INFO)
         {
             // Record updated successfully

-            return(TRUE);
+            return true;

         }
     }
 
         }
     }
 


@@ -706,7 +706,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::query(int queryType, bool forUpdate, bool distinct, const wxStri
         // The user may wish to select for update, but the DBMS may not be capable
         selectForUpdate = CanSelectForUpdate();
     else
         // The user may wish to select for update, but the DBMS may not be capable
         selectForUpdate = CanSelectForUpdate();
     else

-        selectForUpdate = FALSE;
+        selectForUpdate = false;

 
     // Set the SQL SELECT string
     if (queryType != DB_SELECT_STATEMENT)               // A select statement was not passed in,
 
     // Set the SQL SELECT string
     if (queryType != DB_SELECT_STATEMENT)               // A select statement was not passed in,


@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::query(int queryType, bool forUpdate, bool distinct, const wxStri
 
     // Make sure the cursor is closed first
     if (!CloseCursor(hstmt))
 
     // Make sure the cursor is closed first
     if (!CloseCursor(hstmt))

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

 
     // Execute the SQL SELECT statement
     int retcode;
 
     // Execute the SQL SELECT statement
     int retcode;


@@ -726,7 +726,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::query(int queryType, bool forUpdate, bool distinct, const wxStri
         return(pDb->DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt));
 
     // Completed successfully
         return(pDb->DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt));
 
     // Completed successfully

-    return(TRUE);
+    return true;

 
 }  // wxDbTable::query()
 
 
 }  // wxDbTable::query()
 


@@ -738,7 +738,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::query(int queryType, bool forUpdate, bool distinct, const wxStri
 bool wxDbTable::Open(bool checkPrivileges, bool checkTableExists)
 {
     if (!pDb)
 bool wxDbTable::Open(bool checkPrivileges, bool checkTableExists)
 {
     if (!pDb)

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     int i;
     wxString sqlStmt;
 
     int i;
     wxString sqlStmt;


@@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::Open(bool checkPrivileges, bool checkTableExists)
         p += s;
         pDb->LogError(p.GetData());
 
         p += s;
         pDb->LogError(p.GetData());
 

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

     }
 
     // Bind the member variables for field exchange between
     }
 
     // Bind the member variables for field exchange between


@@ -800,17 +800,17 @@ bool wxDbTable::Open(bool checkPrivileges, bool checkTableExists)
     if (!queryOnly)
     {
         if (!bindInsertParams())                    // Inserts
     if (!queryOnly)
     {
         if (!bindInsertParams())                    // Inserts

-            return(FALSE);
+            return false;

 
         if (!bindUpdateParams())                    // Updates
 
         if (!bindUpdateParams())                    // Updates

-            return(FALSE);
+            return false;

     }
 
     if (!bindCols(*hstmtDefault))                   // Selects
     }
 
     if (!bindCols(*hstmtDefault))                   // Selects

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

 
     if (!bindCols(hstmtInternal))                   // Internal use only
 
     if (!bindCols(hstmtInternal))                   // Internal use only

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

 
      /*
      * Do NOT bind the hstmtCount cursor!!!
 
      /*
      * Do NOT bind the hstmtCount cursor!!!


@@ -819,7 +819,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::Open(bool checkPrivileges, bool checkTableExists)
     // Build an insert statement using parameter markers
     if (!queryOnly && noCols > 0)
     {
     // Build an insert statement using parameter markers
     if (!queryOnly && noCols > 0)
     {

-        bool needComma = FALSE;
+        bool needComma = false;

         sqlStmt.Printf(wxT("INSERT INTO %s ("),
                        pDb->SQLTableName(tableName.c_str()).c_str());
         for (i = 0; i < noCols; i++)
         sqlStmt.Printf(wxT("INSERT INTO %s ("),
                        pDb->SQLTableName(tableName.c_str()).c_str());
         for (i = 0; i < noCols; i++)


@@ -830,9 +830,9 @@ bool wxDbTable::Open(bool checkPrivileges, bool checkTableExists)
                 sqlStmt += wxT(",");
             sqlStmt += pDb->SQLColumnName(colDefs[i].ColName);
 //            sqlStmt += colDefs[i].ColName;
                 sqlStmt += wxT(",");
             sqlStmt += pDb->SQLColumnName(colDefs[i].ColName);
 //            sqlStmt += colDefs[i].ColName;

-            needComma = TRUE;
+            needComma = true;

         }
         }

-        needComma = FALSE;
+        needComma = false;

         sqlStmt += wxT(") VALUES (");
 
         int insertableCount = 0;
         sqlStmt += wxT(") VALUES (");
 
         int insertableCount = 0;


@@ -844,7 +844,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::Open(bool checkPrivileges, bool checkTableExists)
             if (needComma)
                 sqlStmt += wxT(",");
             sqlStmt += wxT("?");
             if (needComma)
                 sqlStmt += wxT(",");
             sqlStmt += wxT("?");

-            needComma = TRUE;
+            needComma = true;

             insertableCount++;
         }
         sqlStmt += wxT(")");
             insertableCount++;
         }
         sqlStmt += wxT(")");


@@ -856,11 +856,11 @@ bool wxDbTable::Open(bool checkPrivileges, bool checkTableExists)
                 return(pDb->DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmtInsert));
         }
         else
                 return(pDb->DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmtInsert));
         }
         else

-            insertable = FALSE;
+            insertable = false;

     }
 
     // Completed successfully
     }
 
     // Completed successfully

-    return(TRUE);
+    return true;

 
 }  // wxDbTable::Open()
 
 
 }  // wxDbTable::Open()
 


@@ -879,7 +879,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::QueryBySqlStmt(const wxString &pSqlStmt)
 {
     pDb->WriteSqlLog(pSqlStmt);
 
 {
     pDb->WriteSqlLog(pSqlStmt);
 

-    return(query(DB_SELECT_STATEMENT, FALSE, FALSE, pSqlStmt));
+    return(query(DB_SELECT_STATEMENT, false, false, pSqlStmt));

 
 }  // wxDbTable::QueryBySqlStmt()
 
 
 }  // wxDbTable::QueryBySqlStmt()
 


@@ -908,7 +908,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::GetPrev(void)
     if (pDb->FwdOnlyCursors())
     {
         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("GetPrev()::Backward scrolling cursors are not enabled for this instance of wxDbTable"));
     if (pDb->FwdOnlyCursors())
     {
         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("GetPrev()::Backward scrolling cursors are not enabled for this instance of wxDbTable"));

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
     else
         return(getRec(SQL_FETCH_PRIOR));
     }
     else
         return(getRec(SQL_FETCH_PRIOR));


@@ -922,7 +922,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::operator--(int)
     if (pDb->FwdOnlyCursors())
     {
         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("operator--:Backward scrolling cursors are not enabled for this instance of wxDbTable"));
     if (pDb->FwdOnlyCursors())
     {
         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("operator--:Backward scrolling cursors are not enabled for this instance of wxDbTable"));

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
     else
         return(getRec(SQL_FETCH_PRIOR));
     }
     else
         return(getRec(SQL_FETCH_PRIOR));


@@ -936,7 +936,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::GetFirst(void)
     if (pDb->FwdOnlyCursors())
     {
         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("GetFirst():Backward scrolling cursors are not enabled for this instance of wxDbTable"));
     if (pDb->FwdOnlyCursors())
     {
         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("GetFirst():Backward scrolling cursors are not enabled for this instance of wxDbTable"));

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
     else
         return(getRec(SQL_FETCH_FIRST));
     }
     else
         return(getRec(SQL_FETCH_FIRST));


@@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::GetLast(void)
     if (pDb->FwdOnlyCursors())
     {
         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("GetLast()::Backward scrolling cursors are not enabled for this instance of wxDbTable"));
     if (pDb->FwdOnlyCursors())
     {
         wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("GetLast()::Backward scrolling cursors are not enabled for this instance of wxDbTable"));

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
     else
         return(getRec(SQL_FETCH_LAST));
     }
     else
         return(getRec(SQL_FETCH_LAST));


@@ -1045,13 +1045,13 @@ void wxDbTable::BuildSelectStmt(wxString &pSqlStmt, int typeOfSelect, bool disti
 
     // Was a FROM clause specified to join tables to the base table?
     // Available for ::Query() only!!!
 
     // Was a FROM clause specified to join tables to the base table?
     // Available for ::Query() only!!!

-    bool appendFromClause = FALSE;
+    bool appendFromClause = false;

 #if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY
     if (typeOfSelect == DB_SELECT_WHERE && from && wxStrlen(from))
 #if wxODBC_BACKWARD_COMPATABILITY
     if (typeOfSelect == DB_SELECT_WHERE && from && wxStrlen(from))

-        appendFromClause = TRUE;
+        appendFromClause = true;

 #else
     if (typeOfSelect == DB_SELECT_WHERE && from.Length())
 #else
     if (typeOfSelect == DB_SELECT_WHERE && from.Length())

-        appendFromClause = TRUE;
+        appendFromClause = true;

 #endif
 
     // Add the column list
 #endif
 
     // Add the column list


@@ -1175,7 +1175,7 @@ void wxDbTable::BuildUpdateStmt(wxString &pSqlStmt, int typeOfUpd, const wxStrin
     wxString whereClause;
     whereClause.Empty();
 
     wxString whereClause;
     whereClause.Empty();
 

-    bool firstColumn = TRUE;
+    bool firstColumn = true;

 
     pSqlStmt.Printf(wxT("UPDATE %s SET "),
                     pDb->SQLTableName(tableName.c_str()).c_str());
 
     pSqlStmt.Printf(wxT("UPDATE %s SET "),
                     pDb->SQLTableName(tableName.c_str()).c_str());


@@ -1190,7 +1190,7 @@ void wxDbTable::BuildUpdateStmt(wxString &pSqlStmt, int typeOfUpd, const wxStrin
             if (!firstColumn)
                 pSqlStmt += wxT(",");
             else
             if (!firstColumn)
                 pSqlStmt += wxT(",");
             else

-                firstColumn = FALSE;
+                firstColumn = false;

 
             pSqlStmt += pDb->SQLColumnName(colDefs[i].ColName);
 //            pSqlStmt += colDefs[i].ColName;
 
             pSqlStmt += pDb->SQLColumnName(colDefs[i].ColName);
 //            pSqlStmt += colDefs[i].ColName;


@@ -1251,7 +1251,7 @@ void wxDbTable::BuildWhereClause(wxString &pWhereClause, int typeOfWhere,
  *       They are not included as part of the where clause.
  */
 {
  *       They are not included as part of the where clause.
  */
 {

-    bool moreThanOneColumn = FALSE;
+    bool moreThanOneColumn = false;

     wxString colValue;
 
     // Loop through the columns building a where clause as you go
     wxString colValue;
 
     // Loop through the columns building a where clause as you go


@@ -1269,7 +1269,7 @@ void wxDbTable::BuildWhereClause(wxString &pWhereClause, int typeOfWhere,
             if (moreThanOneColumn)
                 pWhereClause += wxT(" AND ");
             else
             if (moreThanOneColumn)
                 pWhereClause += wxT(" AND ");
             else

-                moreThanOneColumn = TRUE;
+                moreThanOneColumn = true;

 
             // Concatenate where phrase for the column
             wxString tStr = colDefs[colNo].ColName;
 
             // Concatenate where phrase for the column
             wxString tStr = colDefs[colNo].ColName;


@@ -1360,7 +1360,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::CloseCursor(HSTMT cursor)
         return(pDb->DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, cursor));
 
     // Completed successfully
         return(pDb->DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, cursor));
 
     // Completed successfully

-    return(TRUE);
+    return true;

 
 }  // wxDbTable::CloseCursor()
 
 
 }  // wxDbTable::CloseCursor()
 


@@ -1369,7 +1369,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::CloseCursor(HSTMT cursor)
 bool wxDbTable::CreateTable(bool attemptDrop)
 {
     if (!pDb)
 bool wxDbTable::CreateTable(bool attemptDrop)
 {
     if (!pDb)

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     int i, j;
     wxString sqlStmt;
 
     int i, j;
     wxString sqlStmt;


@@ -1380,7 +1380,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::CreateTable(bool attemptDrop)
 
     // Drop table first
     if (attemptDrop && !DropTable())
 
     // Drop table first
     if (attemptDrop && !DropTable())

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     // Create the table
 #ifdef DBDEBUG_CONSOLE
 
     // Create the table
 #ifdef DBDEBUG_CONSOLE


@@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::CreateTable(bool attemptDrop)
 #endif
 
     // Build a CREATE TABLE string from the colDefs structure.
 #endif
 
     // Build a CREATE TABLE string from the colDefs structure.

-    bool needComma = FALSE;
+    bool needComma = false;

 
     sqlStmt.Printf(wxT("CREATE TABLE %s ("),
                    pDb->SQLTableName(tableName.c_str()).c_str());
 
     sqlStmt.Printf(wxT("CREATE TABLE %s ("),
                    pDb->SQLTableName(tableName.c_str()).c_str());


@@ -1471,7 +1471,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::CreateTable(bool attemptDrop)
             }
         }
 
             }
         }
 

-        needComma = TRUE;
+        needComma = true;

     }
     // If there is a primary key defined, include it in the create statement
     for (i = j = 0; i < noCols; i++)
     }
     // If there is a primary key defined, include it in the create statement
     for (i = j = 0; i < noCols; i++)


@@ -1562,17 +1562,17 @@ bool wxDbTable::CreateTable(bool attemptDrop)
         pDb->DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt);
         pDb->RollbackTrans();
         CloseCursor(hstmt);
         pDb->DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt);
         pDb->RollbackTrans();
         CloseCursor(hstmt);

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

     }
 
     // Commit the transaction and close the cursor
     if (!pDb->CommitTrans())
     }
 
     // Commit the transaction and close the cursor
     if (!pDb->CommitTrans())

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

     if (!CloseCursor(hstmt))
     if (!CloseCursor(hstmt))

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

 
     // Database table created successfully
 
     // Database table created successfully

-    return(TRUE);
+    return true;

 
 } // wxDbTable::CreateTable()
 
 
 } // wxDbTable::CreateTable()
 


@@ -1580,7 +1580,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::CreateTable(bool attemptDrop)
 /********** wxDbTable::DropTable() **********/
 bool wxDbTable::DropTable()
 {
 /********** wxDbTable::DropTable() **********/
 bool wxDbTable::DropTable()
 {

-    // NOTE: This function returns TRUE if the Table does not exist, but
+    // NOTE: This function returns true if the Table does not exist, but

     //       only for identified databases.  Code will need to be added
     //       below for any other databases when those databases are defined
     //       to handle this situation consistently
     //       only for identified databases.  Code will need to be added
     //       below for any other databases when those databases are defined
     //       to handle this situation consistently


@@ -1614,18 +1614,18 @@ bool wxDbTable::DropTable()
                 pDb->DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt);
                 pDb->RollbackTrans();
 //                CloseCursor(hstmt);
                 pDb->DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt);
                 pDb->RollbackTrans();
 //                CloseCursor(hstmt);

-                return(FALSE);
+                return false;

             }
         }
     }
 
     // Commit the transaction and close the cursor
     if (! pDb->CommitTrans())
             }
         }
     }
 
     // Commit the transaction and close the cursor
     if (! pDb->CommitTrans())

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

     if (! CloseCursor(hstmt))
     if (! CloseCursor(hstmt))

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

 
 

-    return(TRUE);
+    return true;

 }  // wxDbTable::DropTable()
 
 
 }  // wxDbTable::DropTable()
 
 


@@ -1637,7 +1637,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::CreateIndex(const wxString &idxName, bool unique, UWORD noIdxCol
 
     // Drop the index first
     if (attemptDrop && !DropIndex(idxName))
 
     // Drop the index first
     if (attemptDrop && !DropIndex(idxName))

-        return (FALSE);
+        return false;

 
     // MySQL (and possibly Sybase ASE?? - gt) require that any columns which are used as portions
     // of an index have the columns defined as "NOT NULL".  During initial table creation though,
 
     // MySQL (and possibly Sybase ASE?? - gt) require that any columns which are used as portions
     // of an index have the columns defined as "NOT NULL".  During initial table creation though,


@@ -1651,11 +1651,11 @@ bool wxDbTable::CreateIndex(const wxString &idxName, bool unique, UWORD noIdxCol
     {
         wxString sqlStmt;
         int i;
     {
         wxString sqlStmt;
         int i;

-        bool ok = TRUE;
+        bool ok = true;

         for (i = 0; i < noIdxCols && ok; i++)
         {
             int   j = 0;
         for (i = 0; i < noIdxCols && ok; i++)
         {
             int   j = 0;

-            bool  found = FALSE;
+            bool  found = false;

             // Find the column definition that has the ColName that matches the
             // index column name.  We need to do this to get the DB_DATA_TYPE of
             // the index column, as MySQL's syntax for the ALTER column requires
             // Find the column definition that has the ColName that matches the
             // index column name.  We need to do this to get the DB_DATA_TYPE of
             // the index column, as MySQL's syntax for the ALTER column requires


@@ -1663,7 +1663,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::CreateIndex(const wxString &idxName, bool unique, UWORD noIdxCol
             while (!found && (j < this->noCols))
             {
                 if (wxStrcmp(colDefs[j].ColName,pIdxDefs[i].ColName) == 0)
             while (!found && (j < this->noCols))
             {
                 if (wxStrcmp(colDefs[j].ColName,pIdxDefs[i].ColName) == 0)

-                    found = TRUE;
+                    found = true;

                 if (!found)
                     j++;
             }
                 if (!found)
                     j++;
             }


@@ -1687,14 +1687,14 @@ bool wxDbTable::CreateIndex(const wxString &idxName, bool unique, UWORD noIdxCol
                 }
             }
             else
                 }
             }
             else

-                ok = FALSE;
+                ok = false;

         }
         if (ok)
             pDb->CommitTrans();
         else
         {
             pDb->RollbackTrans();
         }
         if (ok)
             pDb->CommitTrans();
         else
         {
             pDb->RollbackTrans();

-            return(FALSE);
+            return false;

         }
     }
 
         }
     }
 


@@ -1737,7 +1737,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::CreateIndex(const wxString &idxName, bool unique, UWORD noIdxCol
                 sqlStmt += s;
             }
         }
                 sqlStmt += s;
             }
         }

-        
+

         // Postgres and SQL Server 7 do not support the ASC/DESC keywords for index columns
         if (!((pDb->Dbms() == dbmsMS_SQL_SERVER) && (wxStrncmp(pDb->dbInf.dbmsVer,_T("07"),2)==0)) &&
             !(pDb->Dbms() == dbmsPOSTGRES))
         // Postgres and SQL Server 7 do not support the ASC/DESC keywords for index columns
         if (!((pDb->Dbms() == dbmsMS_SQL_SERVER) && (wxStrncmp(pDb->dbInf.dbmsVer,_T("07"),2)==0)) &&
             !(pDb->Dbms() == dbmsPOSTGRES))


@@ -1769,17 +1769,17 @@ bool wxDbTable::CreateIndex(const wxString &idxName, bool unique, UWORD noIdxCol
         pDb->DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt);
         pDb->RollbackTrans();
         CloseCursor(hstmt);
         pDb->DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt);
         pDb->RollbackTrans();
         CloseCursor(hstmt);

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

     }
 
     // Commit the transaction and close the cursor
     if (! pDb->CommitTrans())
     }
 
     // Commit the transaction and close the cursor
     if (! pDb->CommitTrans())

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

     if (! CloseCursor(hstmt))
     if (! CloseCursor(hstmt))

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

 
     // Index Created Successfully
 
     // Index Created Successfully

-    return(TRUE);
+    return true;

 
 }  // wxDbTable::CreateIndex()
 
 
 }  // wxDbTable::CreateIndex()
 


@@ -1787,7 +1787,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::CreateIndex(const wxString &idxName, bool unique, UWORD noIdxCol
 /********** wxDbTable::DropIndex() **********/
 bool wxDbTable::DropIndex(const wxString &idxName)
 {
 /********** wxDbTable::DropIndex() **********/
 bool wxDbTable::DropIndex(const wxString &idxName)
 {

-    // NOTE: This function returns TRUE if the Index does not exist, but
+    // NOTE: This function returns true if the Index does not exist, but

     //       only for identified databases.  Code will need to be added
     //       below for any other databases when those databases are defined
     //       to handle this situation consistently
     //       only for identified databases.  Code will need to be added
     //       below for any other databases when those databases are defined
     //       to handle this situation consistently


@@ -1835,18 +1835,18 @@ bool wxDbTable::DropIndex(const wxString &idxName)
                 pDb->DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt);
                 pDb->RollbackTrans();
                 CloseCursor(hstmt);
                 pDb->DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmt);
                 pDb->RollbackTrans();
                 CloseCursor(hstmt);

-                return(FALSE);
+                return false;

             }
         }
     }
 
     // Commit the transaction and close the cursor
     if (! pDb->CommitTrans())
             }
         }
     }
 
     // Commit the transaction and close the cursor
     if (! pDb->CommitTrans())

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

     if (! CloseCursor(hstmt))
     if (! CloseCursor(hstmt))

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

 
 

-    return(TRUE);
+    return true;

 }  // wxDbTable::DropIndex()
 
 
 }  // wxDbTable::DropIndex()
 
 


@@ -1856,7 +1856,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::SetOrderByColNums(UWORD first, ... )
     int        colNo = first;  // using 'int' to be able to look for wxDB_NO_MORE_COLUN_NUMBERS
     va_list     argptr;
 
     int        colNo = first;  // using 'int' to be able to look for wxDB_NO_MORE_COLUN_NUMBERS
     va_list     argptr;
 

-    bool        abort = FALSE;
+    bool        abort = false;

     wxString    tempStr;
 
     va_start(argptr, first);     /* Initialize variable arguments. */
     wxString    tempStr;
 
     va_start(argptr, first);     /* Initialize variable arguments. */


@@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::SetOrderByColNums(UWORD first, ... )
         // Valid columns are 0 thru noCols-1
         if (colNo >= noCols || colNo < 0)
         {
         // Valid columns are 0 thru noCols-1
         if (colNo >= noCols || colNo < 0)
         {

-            abort = TRUE;
+            abort = true;

             continue;
         }
 
             continue;
         }
 


@@ -1958,7 +1958,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::Update(void)
 {
     wxASSERT(!queryOnly);
     if (queryOnly)
 {
     wxASSERT(!queryOnly);
     if (queryOnly)

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

 
     wxString sqlStmt;
 
 
     wxString sqlStmt;
 


@@ -1982,7 +1982,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::Update(const wxString &pSqlStmt)
 {
     wxASSERT(!queryOnly);
     if (queryOnly)
 {
     wxASSERT(!queryOnly);
     if (queryOnly)

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

 
     pDb->WriteSqlLog(pSqlStmt);
 
 
     pDb->WriteSqlLog(pSqlStmt);
 


@@ -1996,7 +1996,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::UpdateWhere(const wxString &pWhereClause)
 {
     wxASSERT(!queryOnly);
     if (queryOnly)
 {
     wxASSERT(!queryOnly);
     if (queryOnly)

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

 
     wxString sqlStmt;
 
 
     wxString sqlStmt;
 


@@ -2020,7 +2020,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::Delete(void)
 {
     wxASSERT(!queryOnly);
     if (queryOnly)
 {
     wxASSERT(!queryOnly);
     if (queryOnly)

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

 
     wxString sqlStmt;
     sqlStmt.Empty();
 
     wxString sqlStmt;
     sqlStmt.Empty();


@@ -2041,7 +2041,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::DeleteWhere(const wxString &pWhereClause)
 {
     wxASSERT(!queryOnly);
     if (queryOnly)
 {
     wxASSERT(!queryOnly);
     if (queryOnly)

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

 
     wxString sqlStmt;
     sqlStmt.Empty();
 
     wxString sqlStmt;
     sqlStmt.Empty();


@@ -2062,7 +2062,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::DeleteMatching(void)
 {
     wxASSERT(!queryOnly);
     if (queryOnly)
 {
     wxASSERT(!queryOnly);
     if (queryOnly)

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

 
     wxString sqlStmt;
     sqlStmt.Empty();
 
     wxString sqlStmt;
     sqlStmt.Empty();


@@ -2082,7 +2082,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::DeleteMatching(void)
 bool wxDbTable::IsColNull(UWORD colNo) const
 {
 /*
 bool wxDbTable::IsColNull(UWORD colNo) const
 {
 /*

-    This logic is just not right.  It would indicate TRUE
+    This logic is just not right.  It would indicate true

     if a numeric field were set to a value of 0.
 
     switch(colDefs[colNo].SqlCtype)
     if a numeric field were set to a value of 0.
 
     switch(colDefs[colNo].SqlCtype)


@@ -2105,11 +2105,11 @@ bool wxDbTable::IsColNull(UWORD colNo) const
             TIMESTAMP_STRUCT *pDt;
             pDt = (TIMESTAMP_STRUCT *) colDefs[colNo].PtrDataObj;
             if (pDt->year == 0 && pDt->month == 0 && pDt->day == 0)
             TIMESTAMP_STRUCT *pDt;
             pDt = (TIMESTAMP_STRUCT *) colDefs[colNo].PtrDataObj;
             if (pDt->year == 0 && pDt->month == 0 && pDt->day == 0)

-                return(TRUE);
+                return true;

             else
             else

-                return(FALSE);
+                return false;

         default:
         default:

-            return(TRUE);
+            return true;

     }
 */
     return (colDefs[colNo].Null);
     }
 */
     return (colDefs[colNo].Null);


@@ -2120,16 +2120,16 @@ bool wxDbTable::IsColNull(UWORD colNo) const
 bool wxDbTable::CanSelectForUpdate(void)
 {
     if (queryOnly)
 bool wxDbTable::CanSelectForUpdate(void)
 {
     if (queryOnly)

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     if (pDb->Dbms() == dbmsMY_SQL)
 
     if (pDb->Dbms() == dbmsMY_SQL)

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     if ((pDb->Dbms() == dbmsORACLE) ||
         (pDb->dbInf.posStmts & SQL_PS_SELECT_FOR_UPDATE))
 
     if ((pDb->Dbms() == dbmsORACLE) ||
         (pDb->dbInf.posStmts & SQL_PS_SELECT_FOR_UPDATE))

-        return(TRUE);
+        return true;

     else
     else

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

 
 }  // wxDbTable::CanSelectForUpdate()
 
 
 }  // wxDbTable::CanSelectForUpdate()
 


@@ -2138,15 +2138,15 @@ bool wxDbTable::CanSelectForUpdate(void)
 bool wxDbTable::CanUpdByROWID(void)
 {
 /*
 bool wxDbTable::CanUpdByROWID(void)
 {
 /*

- * NOTE: Returning FALSE for now until this can be debugged,
+ * NOTE: Returning false for now until this can be debugged,

  *        as the ROWID is not getting updated correctly
  */
  *        as the ROWID is not getting updated correctly
  */

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 /*
     if (pDb->Dbms() == dbmsORACLE)
 /*
     if (pDb->Dbms() == dbmsORACLE)

-        return(TRUE);
+        return true;

     else
     else

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

 */
 }  // wxDbTable::CanUpdByROWID()
 
 */
 }  // wxDbTable::CanUpdByROWID()
 


@@ -2155,9 +2155,9 @@ bool wxDbTable::CanUpdByROWID(void)
 bool wxDbTable::IsCursorClosedOnCommit(void)
 {
     if (pDb->dbInf.cursorCommitBehavior == SQL_CB_PRESERVE)
 bool wxDbTable::IsCursorClosedOnCommit(void)
 {
     if (pDb->dbInf.cursorCommitBehavior == SQL_CB_PRESERVE)

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

     else
     else

-        return(TRUE);
+        return true;

 
 }  // wxDbTable::IsCursorClosedOnCommit()
 
 
 }  // wxDbTable::IsCursorClosedOnCommit()
 


@@ -2234,7 +2234,7 @@ bool wxDbTable::SetQueryTimeout(UDWORD nSeconds)
         return(pDb->DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmtInternal));
 
     // Completed Successfully
         return(pDb->DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc, hstmtInternal));
 
     // Completed Successfully

-    return(TRUE);
+    return true;

 
 }  // wxDbTable::SetQueryTimeout()
 
 
 }  // wxDbTable::SetQueryTimeout()
 


@@ -2274,8 +2274,8 @@ void wxDbTable::SetColDefs(UWORD index, const wxString &fieldName, int dataType,
     // Derived columns by definition would NOT be "Insertable" or "Updateable"
     if (derivedCol)
     {
     // Derived columns by definition would NOT be "Insertable" or "Updateable"
     if (derivedCol)
     {

-        colDefs[index].Updateable       = FALSE;
-        colDefs[index].InsertAllowed    = FALSE;
+        colDefs[index].Updateable       = false;
+        colDefs[index].InsertAllowed    = false;

     }
     else
     {
     }
     else
     {


@@ -2283,7 +2283,7 @@ void wxDbTable::SetColDefs(UWORD index, const wxString &fieldName, int dataType,
         colDefs[index].InsertAllowed    = insAllow;
     }
 
         colDefs[index].InsertAllowed    = insAllow;
     }
 

-    colDefs[index].Null                 = FALSE;
+    colDefs[index].Null                 = false;

 
 }  // wxDbTable::SetColDefs()
 
 
 }  // wxDbTable::SetColDefs()
 


@@ -2419,7 +2419,7 @@ ULONG wxDbTable::Count(const wxString &args)
     // Initialize the Count cursor if it's not already initialized
     if (!hstmtCount)
     {
     // Initialize the Count cursor if it's not already initialized
     if (!hstmtCount)
     {

-        hstmtCount = GetNewCursor(FALSE,FALSE);
+        hstmtCount = GetNewCursor(false,false);

         wxASSERT(hstmtCount);
         if (!hstmtCount)
             return(0);
         wxASSERT(hstmtCount);
         if (!hstmtCount)
             return(0);


@@ -2459,7 +2459,7 @@ ULONG wxDbTable::Count(const wxString &args)
 /********** wxDbTable::Refresh() **********/
 bool wxDbTable::Refresh(void)
 {
 /********** wxDbTable::Refresh() **********/
 bool wxDbTable::Refresh(void)
 {

-    bool result = TRUE;
+    bool result = true;

 
     // Switch to the internal cursor so any active cursors are not corrupted
     HSTMT currCursor = GetCursor();
 
     // Switch to the internal cursor so any active cursors are not corrupted
     HSTMT currCursor = GetCursor();


@@ -2503,10 +2503,10 @@ bool wxDbTable::Refresh(void)
     where = whereClause;
     orderBy.Empty();
     if (!Query())
     where = whereClause;
     orderBy.Empty();
     if (!Query())

-        result = FALSE;
+        result = false;

 
     if (result && !GetNext())
 
     if (result && !GetNext())

-        result = FALSE;
+        result = false;

 
     // Switch back to original cursor
     SetCursor(&currCursor);
 
     // Switch back to original cursor
     SetCursor(&currCursor);


@@ -2531,14 +2531,14 @@ bool wxDbTable::SetColNull(UWORD colNo, bool set)
     {
         colDefs[colNo].Null = set;
         if (set)  // Blank out the values in the member variable
     {
         colDefs[colNo].Null = set;
         if (set)  // Blank out the values in the member variable

-           ClearMemberVar(colNo, FALSE);  // Must call with FALSE here, or infinite recursion will happen
+           ClearMemberVar(colNo, false);  // Must call with false here, or infinite recursion will happen

 
         setCbValueForColumn(colNo);
 
 
         setCbValueForColumn(colNo);
 

-        return(TRUE);
+        return true;

     }
     else
     }
     else

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

 
 }  // wxDbTable::SetColNull()
 
 
 }  // wxDbTable::SetColNull()
 


@@ -2557,14 +2557,14 @@ bool wxDbTable::SetColNull(const wxString &colName, bool set)
     {
         colDefs[colNo].Null = set;
         if (set)  // Blank out the values in the member variable
     {
         colDefs[colNo].Null = set;
         if (set)  // Blank out the values in the member variable

-           ClearMemberVar(colNo,FALSE);  // Must call with FALSE here, or infinite recursion will happen
+           ClearMemberVar(colNo,false);  // Must call with false here, or infinite recursion will happen

 
         setCbValueForColumn(colNo);
 
 
         setCbValueForColumn(colNo);
 

-        return(TRUE);
+        return true;

     }
     else
     }
     else

-        return(FALSE);
+        return false;

 
 }  // wxDbTable::SetColNull()
 
 
 }  // wxDbTable::SetColNull()
 


@@ -2611,7 +2611,7 @@ HSTMT *wxDbTable::GetNewCursor(bool setCursor, bool bindColumns)
 /********** wxDbTable::DeleteCursor() **********/
 bool wxDbTable::DeleteCursor(HSTMT *hstmtDel)
 {
 /********** wxDbTable::DeleteCursor() **********/
 bool wxDbTable::DeleteCursor(HSTMT *hstmtDel)
 {

-    bool result = TRUE;
+    bool result = true;

 
     if (!hstmtDel)  // Cursor already deleted
         return(result);
 
     if (!hstmtDel)  // Cursor already deleted
         return(result);


@@ -2624,7 +2624,7 @@ ODBC 3.0 says to use this form
     if (SQLFreeStmt(*hstmtDel, SQL_DROP) != SQL_SUCCESS)
     {
         pDb->DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);
     if (SQLFreeStmt(*hstmtDel, SQL_DROP) != SQL_SUCCESS)
     {
         pDb->DispAllErrors(henv, hdbc);

-        result = FALSE;
+        result = false;

     }
 
     delete hstmtDel;
     }
 
     delete hstmtDel;


@@ -2641,7 +2641,7 @@ void wxDbTable::SetRowMode(const rowmode_t rowmode)
 {
     if (!m_hstmtGridQuery)
     {
 {
     if (!m_hstmtGridQuery)
     {

-        m_hstmtGridQuery = GetNewCursor(FALSE,FALSE);
+        m_hstmtGridQuery = GetNewCursor(false,false);

         if (!bindCols(*m_hstmtGridQuery))
             return;
     }
         if (!bindCols(*m_hstmtGridQuery))
             return;
     }


@@ -2727,7 +2727,7 @@ void wxDbTable::SetCol(const int colNo, const wxVariant val)
         {
             //Returns null if invalid!
             if (!dateval.ParseDate(val.GetString()))
         {
             //Returns null if invalid!
             if (!dateval.ParseDate(val.GetString()))

-                SetColNull(colNo, TRUE);
+                SetColNull(colNo, true);

         }
 
         switch (colDefs[colNo].SqlCtype)
         }
 
         switch (colDefs[colNo].SqlCtype)


@@ -2840,7 +2840,7 @@ void wxDbTable::SetKey(const GenericKey& k)
     {
         if (colDefs[i].KeyField)
         {
     {
         if (colDefs[i].KeyField)
         {

-            SetColNull(i, FALSE);
+            SetColNull(i, false);

             memcpy(colDefs[i].PtrDataObj, blkptr, colDefs[i].SzDataObj);
             blkptr += colDefs[i].SzDataObj;
         }
             memcpy(colDefs[i].PtrDataObj, blkptr, colDefs[i].SzDataObj);
             blkptr += colDefs[i].SzDataObj;
         }

diff --git a/src/common/dcbase.cpp b/src/common/dcbase.cpp
index c6842886a148c07a669529c5de985170506d482f..10c928e505c681fa176609d038e94e9560a5bfd2 100644 (file)
--- a/src/common/dcbase.cpp
+++ b/src/common/dcbase.cpp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
 
 #include <math.h>
 
 
 #include <math.h>
 

-// bool wxDCBase::sm_cacheing = FALSE;
+// bool wxDCBase::sm_cacheing = false;

 
 // ============================================================================
 // implementation
 
 // ============================================================================
 // implementation


@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ static bool wx_spline_add_point(double x, double y)
   point->x = (int) x;
   point->y = (int) y;
   wx_spline_point_list.Append((wxObject*)point);
   point->x = (int) x;
   point->y = (int) y;
   wx_spline_point_list.Append((wxObject*)point);

-  return TRUE;
+  return true;

 }
 
 static void wx_spline_draw_point_array(wxDCBase *dc)
 }
 
 static void wx_spline_draw_point_array(wxDCBase *dc)


@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@ void wxDCBase::DrawLabel(const wxString& text,
             width0 = width;
     if ( bitmap.Ok() )
     {
             width0 = width;
     if ( bitmap.Ok() )
     {

-        DrawBitmap(bitmap, x, y, TRUE /* use mask */);
+        DrawBitmap(bitmap, x, y, true /* use mask */);

 
         wxCoord offset = bitmap.GetWidth() + 4;
         x += offset;
 
         wxCoord offset = bitmap.GetWidth() + 4;
         x += offset;

diff --git a/src/common/dlgcmn.cpp b/src/common/dlgcmn.cpp
index 374efff5f1bab2a24046dd4ad2400f771b370a5c..b599012aa5b52380e3ea20b27e5c7fbbdc17037c 100644 (file)
--- a/src/common/dlgcmn.cpp
+++ b/src/common/dlgcmn.cpp
@@ -72,9 +72,9 @@ void wxDialogBase::Init()
 wxSizer *wxDialogBase::CreateTextSizer( const wxString& message )
 {
     bool is_pda = (wxSystemSettings::GetScreenType() <= wxSYS_SCREEN_PDA);
 wxSizer *wxDialogBase::CreateTextSizer( const wxString& message )
 {
     bool is_pda = (wxSystemSettings::GetScreenType() <= wxSYS_SCREEN_PDA);

-    
+

     wxString text = message;
     wxString text = message;

-    
+

     // I admit that this is complete bogus, but it makes
     // message boxes work for pda screens temporarily..
     int max_width = -1;
     // I admit that this is complete bogus, but it makes
     // message boxes work for pda screens temporarily..
     int max_width = -1;


@@ -83,8 +83,8 @@ wxSizer *wxDialogBase::CreateTextSizer( const wxString& message )
         max_width = wxSystemSettings::GetMetric( wxSYS_SCREEN_X ) - 25;
         text += wxT('\n');
     }
         max_width = wxSystemSettings::GetMetric( wxSYS_SCREEN_X ) - 25;
         text += wxT('\n');
     }

-    
-    
+
+

     wxBoxSizer *box = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL );
 
     // get line height for empty lines
     wxBoxSizer *box = new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL );
 
     // get line height for empty lines


@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ wxSizer *wxDialogBase::CreateTextSizer( const wxString& message )
             case wxT('\n'):
                 if (!line.IsEmpty())
                 {
             case wxT('\n'):
                 if (!line.IsEmpty())
                 {

-                    wxStaticText *s = new wxStaticText( this, -1, line );
+                    wxStaticText *s = new wxStaticText( this, wxID_ANY, line );

                     box->Add( s );
                     line = wxT("");
                 }
                     box->Add( s );
                     line = wxT("");
                 }


@@ -125,27 +125,27 @@ wxSizer *wxDialogBase::CreateTextSizer( const wxString& message )
             default:
                 if (text[pos] == wxT(' '))
                     last_space = pos;
             default:
                 if (text[pos] == wxT(' '))
                     last_space = pos;

-                    
+

                 line += message[pos];
                 line += message[pos];

-                
+

                 if (is_pda)
                 {
                     int width = 0;
                     GetTextExtent( line, &width, (int*)NULL, (int*)NULL, (int*)NULL, &font );
                 if (is_pda)
                 {
                     int width = 0;
                     GetTextExtent( line, &width, (int*)NULL, (int*)NULL, (int*)NULL, &font );

-   
+

                     if (width > max_width)
                     {
                         // exception if there was no previous space
                         if (last_space == 0)
                             last_space = pos;
                     if (width > max_width)
                     {
                         // exception if there was no previous space
                         if (last_space == 0)
                             last_space = pos;

-                            
+

                         int diff = pos-last_space;
                         int len = line.Len();
                         line.Remove( len-diff, diff );
                         int diff = pos-last_space;
                         int len = line.Len();
                         line.Remove( len-diff, diff );

-                        
-                        wxStaticText *s = new wxStaticText( this, -1, line );
+
+                        wxStaticText *s = new wxStaticText( this, wxID_ANY, line );

                         box->Add( s );
                         box->Add( s );

-                        
+

                         pos = last_space;
                         last_space = 0;
                         line = wxT("");
                         pos = last_space;
                         last_space = 0;
                         line = wxT("");


@@ -157,7 +157,7 @@ wxSizer *wxDialogBase::CreateTextSizer( const wxString& message )
     // remaining text behind last '\n'
     if (!line.IsEmpty())
     {
     // remaining text behind last '\n'
     if (!line.IsEmpty())
     {

-        wxStaticText *s2 = new wxStaticText( this, -1, line );
+        wxStaticText *s2 = new wxStaticText( this, wxID_ANY, line );

         box->Add( s2 );
     }
 
         box->Add( s2 );
     }
 


@@ -171,13 +171,13 @@ wxSizer *wxDialogBase::CreateTextSizer( const wxString& message )
 wxSizer *wxDialogBase::CreateButtonSizer( long flags )
 {
     bool is_pda = (wxSystemSettings::GetScreenType() <= wxSYS_SCREEN_PDA);
 wxSizer *wxDialogBase::CreateButtonSizer( long flags )
 {
     bool is_pda = (wxSystemSettings::GetScreenType() <= wxSYS_SCREEN_PDA);

-    
-    // If we have a PDA screen, put yes/no button over 
+
+    // If we have a PDA screen, put yes/no button over

     // all other buttons, otherwise on the left side.
     wxBoxSizer *box = is_pda ? new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ) : new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL );
     // all other buttons, otherwise on the left side.
     wxBoxSizer *box = is_pda ? new wxBoxSizer( wxVERTICAL ) : new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL );

-        
+

     wxBoxSizer *inner_yes_no = NULL;
     wxBoxSizer *inner_yes_no = NULL;

-    
+

     // Only create sizer containing yes/no
     // if it is actually required
     if ( (flags & wxYES_NO) != 0 )
     // Only create sizer containing yes/no
     // if it is actually required
     if ( (flags & wxYES_NO) != 0 )


@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ wxSizer *wxDialogBase::CreateButtonSizer( long flags )
         inner_yes_no = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL );
         box->Add( inner_yes_no, 0, wxBOTTOM, 10 );
     }
         inner_yes_no = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL );
         box->Add( inner_yes_no, 0, wxBOTTOM, 10 );
     }

-    
+

     wxBoxSizer *inner_rest = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL );
     box->Add( inner_rest, 0, 0, 0 );
 
     wxBoxSizer *inner_rest = new wxBoxSizer( wxHORIZONTAL );
     box->Add( inner_rest, 0, 0, 0 );
 

diff --git a/src/common/dobjcmn.cpp b/src/common/dobjcmn.cpp
index 0957f4b47ffdb19fe2d8238ba8d79604998982c5..483eab6d594d66525ab3534aaf4a0b2131652e8e 100644 (file)
--- a/src/common/dobjcmn.cpp
+++ b/src/common/dobjcmn.cpp
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ bool wxDataObjectComposite::GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format,
 {
     wxDataObjectSimple *dataObj = GetObject(format);
 
 {
     wxDataObjectSimple *dataObj = GetObject(format);
 

-    wxCHECK_MSG( dataObj, FALSE,
+    wxCHECK_MSG( dataObj, false,

                  wxT("unsupported format in wxDataObjectComposite"));
 
     return dataObj->GetDataHere(buf);
                  wxT("unsupported format in wxDataObjectComposite"));
 
     return dataObj->GetDataHere(buf);


@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ bool wxDataObjectComposite::SetData(const wxDataFormat& format,
 {
     wxDataObjectSimple *dataObj = GetObject(format);
 
 {
     wxDataObjectSimple *dataObj = GetObject(format);
 

-    wxCHECK_MSG( dataObj, FALSE,
+    wxCHECK_MSG( dataObj, false,

                  wxT("unsupported format in wxDataObjectComposite"));
 
     return dataObj->SetData(len, buf);
                  wxT("unsupported format in wxDataObjectComposite"));
 
     return dataObj->SetData(len, buf);


@@ -267,8 +267,8 @@ bool wxTextDataObject::GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *buf) const
         wxCharBuffer buffer = wxConvLibc.cWX2MB( GetText().c_str() );
         strcpy( (char*) buf, (const char*) buffer );
     }
         wxCharBuffer buffer = wxConvLibc.cWX2MB( GetText().c_str() );
         strcpy( (char*) buf, (const char*) buffer );
     }

-    
-    return TRUE;
+
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxTextDataObject::SetData(const wxDataFormat& format,
 }
 
 bool wxTextDataObject::SetData(const wxDataFormat& format,


@@ -278,8 +278,8 @@ bool wxTextDataObject::SetData(const wxDataFormat& format,
         SetText( wxConvUTF8.cMB2WX( (const char*) buf ) );
     else
         SetText( wxConvLibc.cMB2WX( (const char*) buf ) );
         SetText( wxConvUTF8.cMB2WX( (const char*) buf ) );
     else
         SetText( wxConvLibc.cMB2WX( (const char*) buf ) );

- 
-    return TRUE;
+
+    return true;

 }
 
 #elif wxUSE_UNICODE && defined(__WXMAC__)
 }
 
 #elif wxUSE_UNICODE && defined(__WXMAC__)


@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ size_t wxTextDataObject::GetDataSize(const wxDataFormat& format) const
     if (format == wxDF_UNICODETEXT)
     {
         // host native is UTF16
     if (format == wxDF_UNICODETEXT)
     {
         // host native is UTF16

-           wxMBConvUTF16BE converter ;
+        wxMBConvUTF16BE converter ;

         return converter.WC2MB( NULL , GetText().c_str() , 0 ) + 2; // add space for trailing unichar 0
     }
     else  // == wxDF_TEXT
         return converter.WC2MB( NULL , GetText().c_str() , 0 ) + 2; // add space for trailing unichar 0
     }
     else  // == wxDF_TEXT


@@ -304,8 +304,8 @@ bool wxTextDataObject::GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *buf) const
     if (format == wxDF_UNICODETEXT)
     {
         // host native is UTF16
     if (format == wxDF_UNICODETEXT)
     {
         // host native is UTF16

-           wxMBConvUTF16BE converter ;
-           size_t len = converter.WC2MB( NULL , GetText().c_str() , 0 ) ;
+        wxMBConvUTF16BE converter ;
+        size_t len = converter.WC2MB( NULL , GetText().c_str() , 0 ) ;

         wxCharBuffer buffer = converter.cWX2MB( GetText().c_str() );
         memcpy( (char*) buf, (const char*) buffer , len + 2); // trailing unichar 0
     }
         wxCharBuffer buffer = converter.cWX2MB( GetText().c_str() );
         memcpy( (char*) buf, (const char*) buffer , len + 2); // trailing unichar 0
     }


@@ -314,8 +314,8 @@ bool wxTextDataObject::GetDataHere(const wxDataFormat& format, void *buf) const
         wxCharBuffer buffer = wxConvLibc.cWX2MB( GetText().c_str() );
         strcpy( (char*) buf, (const char*) buffer );
     }
         wxCharBuffer buffer = wxConvLibc.cWX2MB( GetText().c_str() );
         strcpy( (char*) buf, (const char*) buffer );
     }

-    
-    return TRUE;
+
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxTextDataObject::SetData(const wxDataFormat& format,
 }
 
 bool wxTextDataObject::SetData(const wxDataFormat& format,


@@ -324,13 +324,13 @@ bool wxTextDataObject::SetData(const wxDataFormat& format,
     if (format == wxDF_UNICODETEXT)
     {
         // host native is UTF16
     if (format == wxDF_UNICODETEXT)
     {
         // host native is UTF16

-           wxMBConvUTF16BE converter ;
+        wxMBConvUTF16BE converter ;

         SetText( converter.cMB2WX( (const char*) buf ) );
     }
     else
         SetText( wxConvLibc.cMB2WX( (const char*) buf ) );
         SetText( converter.cMB2WX( (const char*) buf ) );
     }
     else
         SetText( wxConvLibc.cMB2WX( (const char*) buf ) );

- 
-    return TRUE;
+
+    return true;

 }
 
 #else
 }
 
 #else


@@ -344,14 +344,14 @@ bool wxTextDataObject::GetDataHere(void *buf) const
 {
     wxStrcpy((wxChar *)buf, GetText().c_str());
 
 {
     wxStrcpy((wxChar *)buf, GetText().c_str());
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxTextDataObject::SetData(size_t WXUNUSED(len), const void *buf)
 {
     SetText(wxString((const wxChar *)buf));
 
 }
 
 bool wxTextDataObject::SetData(size_t WXUNUSED(len), const void *buf)
 {
     SetText(wxString((const wxChar *)buf));
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 #endif
 }
 
 #endif


@@ -447,11 +447,11 @@ bool wxCustomDataObject::GetDataHere(void *buf) const
 {
     void *data = GetData();
     if ( !data )
 {
     void *data = GetData();
     if ( !data )

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     memcpy(buf, data, GetSize());
 
 
     memcpy(buf, data, GetSize());
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxCustomDataObject::SetData(size_t size, const void *buf)
 }
 
 bool wxCustomDataObject::SetData(size_t size, const void *buf)


@@ -460,11 +460,11 @@ bool wxCustomDataObject::SetData(size_t size, const void *buf)
 
     m_data = Alloc(size);
     if ( !m_data )
 
     m_data = Alloc(size);
     if ( !m_data )

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     memcpy(m_data, buf, m_size = size);
 
 
     memcpy(m_data, buf, m_size = size);
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 // ============================================================================
 }
 
 // ============================================================================

diff --git a/src/common/docmdi.cpp b/src/common/docmdi.cpp
index fb6a41e328bfd7acae9d52c0b14ee1f4c4e87263..14980bf532cbc1bf00d77605aaf82db9863d0092 100644 (file)
--- a/src/common/docmdi.cpp
+++ b/src/common/docmdi.cpp
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ bool wxDocMDIParentFrame::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event)
     if (!m_docManager || !m_docManager->ProcessEvent(event))
         return wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(event);
     else
     if (!m_docManager || !m_docManager->ProcessEvent(event))
         return wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(event);
     else

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

 }
 
 void wxDocMDIParentFrame::OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event)
 }
 
 void wxDocMDIParentFrame::OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event)


@@ -131,15 +131,15 @@ bool wxDocMDIChildFrame::Create(wxDocument *doc, wxView *view, wxMDIParentFrame
     {
         if (view)
             view->SetFrame(this);
     {
         if (view)
             view->SetFrame(this);

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 wxDocMDIChildFrame::~wxDocMDIChildFrame(void)
 {
 }
 
 wxDocMDIChildFrame::~wxDocMDIChildFrame(void)
 {

-       m_childView = (wxView *) NULL;
+    m_childView = (wxView *) NULL;

 }
 
 // Extend event processing to search the view's event table
 }
 
 // Extend event processing to search the view's event table


@@ -149,21 +149,21 @@ bool wxDocMDIChildFrame::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event)
 
     // Break recursion loops
     if (ActiveEvent == &event)
 
     // Break recursion loops
     if (ActiveEvent == &event)

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     ActiveEvent = &event;
 
     bool ret;
 
     ActiveEvent = &event;
 
     bool ret;

-       if ( !m_childView || ! m_childView->ProcessEvent(event) )
+    if ( !m_childView || ! m_childView->ProcessEvent(event) )

     {
         // Only hand up to the parent if it's a menu command
         if (!event.IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxCommandEvent)) || !GetParent() || !GetParent()->ProcessEvent(event))
             ret = wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(event);
         else
     {
         // Only hand up to the parent if it's a menu command
         if (!event.IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxCommandEvent)) || !GetParent() || !GetParent()->ProcessEvent(event))
             ret = wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(event);
         else

-            ret = TRUE;
+            ret = true;

     }
     }

-       else
-        ret = TRUE;
+    else
+        ret = true;

 
     ActiveEvent = NULL;
     return ret;
 
     ActiveEvent = NULL;
     return ret;


@@ -180,16 +180,16 @@ void wxDocMDIChildFrame::OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event)
 void wxDocMDIChildFrame::OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event)
 {
   // Close view but don't delete the frame while doing so!
 void wxDocMDIChildFrame::OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event)
 {
   // Close view but don't delete the frame while doing so!

-  // ...since it will be deleted by wxWidgets if we return TRUE.
+  // ...since it will be deleted by wxWidgets if we return true.

   if (m_childView)
   {
     bool ans = event.CanVeto()
   if (m_childView)
   {
     bool ans = event.CanVeto()

-                ? m_childView->Close(FALSE) // FALSE means don't delete associated window
-                : TRUE; // Must delete.
+                ? m_childView->Close(false) // false means don't delete associated window
+                : true; // Must delete.

 
     if (ans)
     {
 
     if (ans)
     {

-      m_childView->Activate(FALSE);
+      m_childView->Activate(false);

       delete m_childView;
       m_childView = (wxView *) NULL;
       m_childDocument = (wxDocument *) NULL;
       delete m_childView;
       m_childView = (wxView *) NULL;
       m_childDocument = (wxDocument *) NULL;

diff --git a/src/common/docview.cpp b/src/common/docview.cpp
index 767a07f93ce28c98b79b4b10ba49b65070d95c28..ed5f74fa68eb44f4f659b382cb78d2da8efb41a9 100644 (file)
--- a/src/common/docview.cpp
+++ b/src/common/docview.cpp
@@ -133,16 +133,16 @@ static wxString FindExtension(const wxChar *path)
 
 wxDocument::wxDocument(wxDocument *parent)
 {
 
 wxDocument::wxDocument(wxDocument *parent)
 {

-    m_documentModified = FALSE;
+    m_documentModified = false;

     m_documentParent = parent;
     m_documentTemplate = (wxDocTemplate *) NULL;
     m_commandProcessor = (wxCommandProcessor*) NULL;
     m_documentParent = parent;
     m_documentTemplate = (wxDocTemplate *) NULL;
     m_commandProcessor = (wxCommandProcessor*) NULL;

-    m_savedYet = FALSE;
+    m_savedYet = false;

 }
 
 bool wxDocument::DeleteContents()
 {
 }
 
 bool wxDocument::DeleteContents()
 {

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 wxDocument::~wxDocument()
 }
 
 wxDocument::~wxDocument()


@@ -166,7 +166,7 @@ bool wxDocument::Close()
     if (OnSaveModified())
         return OnCloseDocument();
     else
     if (OnSaveModified())
         return OnCloseDocument();
     else

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 }
 
 bool wxDocument::OnCloseDocument()
 }
 
 bool wxDocument::OnCloseDocument()


@@ -174,8 +174,8 @@ bool wxDocument::OnCloseDocument()
     // Tell all views that we're about to close
     NotifyClosing();
     DeleteContents();
     // Tell all views that we're about to close
     NotifyClosing();
     DeleteContents();

-    Modify(FALSE);
-    return TRUE;
+    Modify(false);
+    return true;

 }
 
 // Note that this implicitly deletes the document when the last view is
 }
 
 // Note that this implicitly deletes the document when the last view is


@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ bool wxDocument::DeleteAllViews()
     {
         wxView *view = (wxView *)*it;
         if (!view->Close())
     {
         wxView *view = (wxView *)*it;
         if (!view->Close())

-            return FALSE;
+            return false;

 
         wxList::iterator next = it; ++next;
 
 
         wxList::iterator next = it; ++next;
 


@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ bool wxDocument::DeleteAllViews()
     if (manager && manager->GetDocuments().Member(this))
         delete this;
 
     if (manager && manager->GetDocuments().Member(this))
         delete this;
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 wxView *wxDocument::GetFirstView() const
 }
 
 wxView *wxDocument::GetFirstView() const


@@ -221,25 +221,25 @@ wxDocManager *wxDocument::GetDocumentManager() const
 bool wxDocument::OnNewDocument()
 {
     if (!OnSaveModified())
 bool wxDocument::OnNewDocument()
 {
     if (!OnSaveModified())

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
 

-    if (OnCloseDocument()==FALSE) return FALSE;
+    if (OnCloseDocument()==false) return false;

     DeleteContents();
     DeleteContents();

-    Modify(FALSE);
-    SetDocumentSaved(FALSE);
+    Modify(false);
+    SetDocumentSaved(false);

 
     wxString name;
     GetDocumentManager()->MakeDefaultName(name);
     SetTitle(name);
 
     wxString name;
     GetDocumentManager()->MakeDefaultName(name);
     SetTitle(name);

-    SetFilename(name, TRUE);
+    SetFilename(name, true);

 
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxDocument::Save()
 {
     if (!IsModified() && m_savedYet)
 }
 
 bool wxDocument::Save()
 {
     if (!IsModified() && m_savedYet)

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

 
     if ( m_documentFile.empty() || !m_savedYet )
         return SaveAs();
 
     if ( m_documentFile.empty() || !m_savedYet )
         return SaveAs();


@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@ bool wxDocument::SaveAs()
 {
     wxDocTemplate *docTemplate = GetDocumentTemplate();
     if (!docTemplate)
 {
     wxDocTemplate *docTemplate = GetDocumentTemplate();
     if (!docTemplate)

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
 #if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMAC__)
     wxString filter = docTemplate->GetDescription() + wxT(" (") + docTemplate->GetFileFilter() + wxT(")|") + docTemplate->GetFileFilter();
 
 #if defined(__WXMSW__) || defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMAC__)
     wxString filter = docTemplate->GetDescription() + wxT(" (") + docTemplate->GetFileFilter() + wxT(")|") + docTemplate->GetFileFilter();


@@ -265,7 +265,7 @@ bool wxDocument::SaveAs()
         while (node)
         {
             wxDocTemplate *t = (wxDocTemplate*) node->GetData();
         while (node)
         {
             wxDocTemplate *t = (wxDocTemplate*) node->GetData();

-            
+

             if (t->IsVisible() && t != docTemplate &&
                 t->GetViewClassInfo() == docTemplate->GetViewClassInfo() &&
                 t->GetDocClassInfo() == docTemplate->GetDocClassInfo())
             if (t->IsVisible() && t != docTemplate &&
                 t->GetViewClassInfo() == docTemplate->GetViewClassInfo() &&
                 t->GetDocClassInfo() == docTemplate->GetDocClassInfo())


@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@ bool wxDocument::SaveAs()
                 // add a '|' to separate this filter from the previous one
                 if ( !filter.IsEmpty() )
                     filter << wxT('|');
                 // add a '|' to separate this filter from the previous one
                 if ( !filter.IsEmpty() )
                     filter << wxT('|');

-                
+

                 filter << t->GetDescription() << wxT(" (") << t->GetFileFilter() << wxT(") |")
                        << t->GetFileFilter();
             }
                 filter << t->GetDescription() << wxT(" (") << t->GetFileFilter() << wxT(") |")
                        << t->GetFileFilter();
             }


@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ bool wxDocument::SaveAs()
             GetDocumentWindow());
 
     if (tmp.IsEmpty())
             GetDocumentWindow());
 
     if (tmp.IsEmpty())

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     wxString fileName(tmp);
     wxString path, name, ext;
 
     wxString fileName(tmp);
     wxString path, name, ext;


@@ -319,7 +319,7 @@ bool wxDocument::SaveAs()
 
     // Files that were not saved correctly are not added to the FileHistory.
     if (!OnSaveDocument(m_documentFile))
 
     // Files that were not saved correctly are not added to the FileHistory.
     if (!OnSaveDocument(m_documentFile))

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
    // A file that doesn't use the default extension of its document template cannot be opened
    // via the FileHistory, so we do not add it.
 
    // A file that doesn't use the default extension of its document template cannot be opened
    // via the FileHistory, so we do not add it.


@@ -332,42 +332,42 @@ bool wxDocument::SaveAs()
        // The user will probably not be able to open the file again, so
        // we could warn about the wrong file-extension here.
    }
        // The user will probably not be able to open the file again, so
        // we could warn about the wrong file-extension here.
    }

-   return TRUE;
+   return true;

 }
 
 bool wxDocument::OnSaveDocument(const wxString& file)
 {
     if ( !file )
 }
 
 bool wxDocument::OnSaveDocument(const wxString& file)
 {
     if ( !file )

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     if ( !DoSaveDocument(file) )
 
     if ( !DoSaveDocument(file) )

-       return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
 

-    Modify(FALSE);
+    Modify(false);

     SetFilename(file);
     SetFilename(file);

-    SetDocumentSaved(TRUE);
+    SetDocumentSaved(true);

 #ifdef __WXMAC__
     wxFileName fn(file) ;
     fn.MacSetDefaultTypeAndCreator() ;
 #endif
 #ifdef __WXMAC__
     wxFileName fn(file) ;
     fn.MacSetDefaultTypeAndCreator() ;
 #endif

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxDocument::OnOpenDocument(const wxString& file)
 {
     if (!OnSaveModified())
 }
 
 bool wxDocument::OnOpenDocument(const wxString& file)
 {
     if (!OnSaveModified())

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     if ( !DoOpenDocument(file) )
 
     if ( !DoOpenDocument(file) )

-       return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
 

-    SetFilename(file, TRUE);
-    Modify(FALSE);
-    m_savedYet = TRUE;
+    SetFilename(file, true);
+    Modify(false);
+    m_savedYet = true;

 
     UpdateAllViews();
 
 
     UpdateAllViews();
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 #if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
 }
 
 #if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM


@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ wxOutputStream& wxDocument::SaveObject(wxOutputStream& stream)
 
 bool wxDocument::Revert()
 {
 
 bool wxDocument::Revert()
 {

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 
 }
 
 


@@ -400,17 +400,17 @@ bool wxDocument::GetPrintableName(wxString& buf) const
     if (m_documentTitle != wxT(""))
     {
         buf = m_documentTitle;
     if (m_documentTitle != wxT(""))
     {
         buf = m_documentTitle;

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
     else if (m_documentFile != wxT(""))
     {
         buf = wxFileNameFromPath(m_documentFile);
     }
     else if (m_documentFile != wxT(""))
     {
         buf = wxFileNameFromPath(m_documentFile);

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
     else
     {
         buf = _("unnamed");
     }
     else
     {
         buf = _("unnamed");

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 }
 
     }
 }
 


@@ -428,7 +428,7 @@ wxCommandProcessor *wxDocument::OnCreateCommandProcessor()
     return new wxCommandProcessor;
 }
 
     return new wxCommandProcessor;
 }
 

-// TRUE if safe to close
+// true if safe to close

 bool wxDocument::OnSaveModified()
 {
     if (IsModified())
 bool wxDocument::OnSaveModified()
 {
     if (IsModified())


@@ -450,20 +450,20 @@ bool wxDocument::OnSaveModified()
                 GetDocumentWindow());
         if (res == wxNO)
         {
                 GetDocumentWindow());
         if (res == wxNO)
         {

-            Modify(FALSE);
-            return TRUE;
+            Modify(false);
+            return true;

         }
         else if (res == wxYES)
             return Save();
         else if (res == wxCANCEL)
         }
         else if (res == wxYES)
             return Save();
         else if (res == wxCANCEL)

-            return FALSE;
+            return false;

     }
     }

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxDocument::Draw(wxDC& WXUNUSED(context))
 {
 }
 
 bool wxDocument::Draw(wxDC& WXUNUSED(context))
 {

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxDocument::AddView(wxView *view)
 }
 
 bool wxDocument::AddView(wxView *view)


@@ -473,22 +473,22 @@ bool wxDocument::AddView(wxView *view)
         m_documentViews.Append(view);
         OnChangedViewList();
     }
         m_documentViews.Append(view);
         OnChangedViewList();
     }

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxDocument::RemoveView(wxView *view)
 {
     (void)m_documentViews.DeleteObject(view);
     OnChangedViewList();
 }
 
 bool wxDocument::RemoveView(wxView *view)
 {
     (void)m_documentViews.DeleteObject(view);
     OnChangedViewList();

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxDocument::OnCreate(const wxString& WXUNUSED(path), long flags)
 {
     if (GetDocumentTemplate()->CreateView(this, flags))
 }
 
 bool wxDocument::OnCreate(const wxString& WXUNUSED(path), long flags)
 {
     if (GetDocumentTemplate()->CreateView(this, flags))

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     else
     else

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 }
 
 // Called after a view is added or removed.
 }
 
 // Called after a view is added or removed.


@@ -563,17 +563,17 @@ bool wxDocument::DoSaveDocument(const wxString& file)
         (void)wxMessageBox(_("Sorry, could not open this file for saving."), msgTitle, wxOK | wxICON_EXCLAMATION,
                            GetDocumentWindow());
         // Saving error
         (void)wxMessageBox(_("Sorry, could not open this file for saving."), msgTitle, wxOK | wxICON_EXCLAMATION,
                            GetDocumentWindow());
         // Saving error

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
     if (!SaveObject(store))
     {
         (void)wxMessageBox(_("Sorry, could not save this file."), msgTitle, wxOK | wxICON_EXCLAMATION,
                            GetDocumentWindow());
         // Saving error
     }
     if (!SaveObject(store))
     {
         (void)wxMessageBox(_("Sorry, could not save this file."), msgTitle, wxOK | wxICON_EXCLAMATION,
                            GetDocumentWindow());
         // Saving error

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     }
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxDocument::DoOpenDocument(const wxString& file)
 }
 
 bool wxDocument::DoOpenDocument(const wxString& file)


@@ -594,7 +594,7 @@ bool wxDocument::DoOpenDocument(const wxString& file)
     {
         (void)wxMessageBox(_("Sorry, could not open this file."), msgTitle, wxOK|wxICON_EXCLAMATION,
                            GetDocumentWindow());
     {
         (void)wxMessageBox(_("Sorry, could not open this file."), msgTitle, wxOK|wxICON_EXCLAMATION,
                            GetDocumentWindow());

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 #if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
     LoadObject(store);
     }
 #if wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
     LoadObject(store);


@@ -607,10 +607,10 @@ bool wxDocument::DoOpenDocument(const wxString& file)
     {
         (void)wxMessageBox(_("Sorry, could not open this file."), msgTitle, wxOK|wxICON_EXCLAMATION,
                            GetDocumentWindow());
     {
         (void)wxMessageBox(_("Sorry, could not open this file."), msgTitle, wxOK|wxICON_EXCLAMATION,
                            GetDocumentWindow());

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     }
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 
 }
 
 


@@ -627,7 +627,7 @@ wxView::wxView()
 
 wxView::~wxView()
 {
 
 wxView::~wxView()
 {

-    GetDocumentManager()->ActivateView(this, FALSE);
+    GetDocumentManager()->ActivateView(this, false);

     m_viewDocument->RemoveView(this);
 }
 
     m_viewDocument->RemoveView(this);
 }
 


@@ -637,7 +637,7 @@ bool wxView::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event)
     if ( !GetDocument() || !GetDocument()->ProcessEvent(event) )
         return wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(event);
 
     if ( !GetDocument() || !GetDocument()->ProcessEvent(event) )
         return wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(event);
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 void wxView::OnActivateView(bool WXUNUSED(activate), wxView *WXUNUSED(activeView), wxView *WXUNUSED(deactiveView))
 }
 
 void wxView::OnActivateView(bool WXUNUSED(activate), wxView *WXUNUSED(activeView), wxView *WXUNUSED(deactiveView))


@@ -675,9 +675,9 @@ void wxView::SetDocument(wxDocument *doc)
 bool wxView::Close(bool deleteWindow)
 {
     if (OnClose(deleteWindow))
 bool wxView::Close(bool deleteWindow)
 {
     if (OnClose(deleteWindow))

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     else
     else

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 }
 
 void wxView::Activate(bool activate)
 }
 
 void wxView::Activate(bool activate)


@@ -691,7 +691,7 @@ void wxView::Activate(bool activate)
 
 bool wxView::OnClose(bool WXUNUSED(deleteWindow))
 {
 
 bool wxView::OnClose(bool WXUNUSED(deleteWindow))
 {

-    return GetDocument() ? GetDocument()->Close() : TRUE;
+    return GetDocument() ? GetDocument()->Close() : true;

 }
 
 #if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
 }
 
 #if wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE


@@ -741,7 +741,7 @@ wxDocument *wxDocTemplate::CreateDocument(const wxString& path, long flags)
     wxDocument *doc = DoCreateDocument();
     if ( doc == NULL )
         return (wxDocument *) NULL;
     wxDocument *doc = DoCreateDocument();
     if ( doc == NULL )
         return (wxDocument *) NULL;

-    
+

     if (InitDocument(doc, path, flags))
     {
         return doc;
     if (InitDocument(doc, path, flags))
     {
         return doc;


@@ -881,9 +881,9 @@ bool wxDocManager::CloseDocument(wxDocument* doc, bool force)
         if (m_docs.Member(doc))
             delete doc;
 
         if (m_docs.Member(doc))
             delete doc;
 

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
     }

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 bool wxDocManager::CloseDocuments(bool force)
 }
 
 bool wxDocManager::CloseDocuments(bool force)


@@ -893,22 +893,22 @@ bool wxDocManager::CloseDocuments(bool force)
     {
         wxDocument *doc = (wxDocument *)node->GetData();
         wxList::compatibility_iterator next = node->GetNext();
     {
         wxDocument *doc = (wxDocument *)node->GetData();
         wxList::compatibility_iterator next = node->GetNext();

-        
+

         if (!CloseDocument(doc, force))
         if (!CloseDocument(doc, force))

-            return FALSE;
+            return false;

 
         // This assumes that documents are not connected in
         // any way, i.e. deleting one document does NOT
         // delete another.
         node = next;
     }
 
         // This assumes that documents are not connected in
         // any way, i.e. deleting one document does NOT
         // delete another.
         node = next;
     }

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxDocManager::Clear(bool force)
 {
     if (!CloseDocuments(force))
 }
 
 bool wxDocManager::Clear(bool force)
 {
     if (!CloseDocuments(force))

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_templates.GetFirst();
     while (node)
 
     wxList::compatibility_iterator node = m_templates.GetFirst();
     while (node)


@@ -918,13 +918,13 @@ bool wxDocManager::Clear(bool force)
         delete templ;
         node = next;
     }
         delete templ;
         node = next;
     }

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxDocManager::Initialize()
 {
     m_fileHistory = OnCreateFileHistory();
 }
 
 bool wxDocManager::Initialize()
 {
     m_fileHistory = OnCreateFileHistory();

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 wxFileHistory *wxDocManager::OnCreateFileHistory()
 }
 
 wxFileHistory *wxDocManager::OnCreateFileHistory()


@@ -947,7 +947,7 @@ void wxDocManager::OnFileClose(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
 
 void wxDocManager::OnFileCloseAll(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
 {
 
 void wxDocManager::OnFileCloseAll(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
 {

-    CloseDocuments(FALSE);
+    CloseDocuments(false);

 }
 
 void wxDocManager::OnFileNew(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
 }
 
 void wxDocManager::OnFileNew(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))


@@ -998,7 +998,7 @@ void wxDocManager::OnPrint(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
     if (printout)
     {
         wxPrinter printer;
     if (printout)
     {
         wxPrinter printer;

-        printer.Print(view->GetFrame(), printout, TRUE);
+        printer.Print(view->GetFrame(), printout, true);

 
         delete printout;
     }
 
         delete printout;
     }


@@ -1016,7 +1016,7 @@ void wxDocManager::OnPrintSetup(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
     wxPrintDialogData data;
 
     wxPrintDialog printerDialog(parentWin, &data);
     wxPrintDialogData data;
 
     wxPrintDialog printerDialog(parentWin, &data);

-    printerDialog.GetPrintDialogData().SetSetupDialog(TRUE);
+    printerDialog.GetPrintDialogData().SetSetupDialog(true);

     printerDialog.ShowModal();
 #endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
 }
     printerDialog.ShowModal();
 #endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
 }


@@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ void wxDocManager::OnPreview(wxCommandEvent& WXUNUSED(event))
                 wxPoint(100, 100), wxSize(600, 650));
         frame->Centre(wxBOTH);
         frame->Initialize();
                 wxPoint(100, 100), wxSize(600, 650));
         frame->Centre(wxBOTH);
         frame->Initialize();

-        frame->Show(TRUE);
+        frame->Show(true);

     }
 #endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
 }
     }
 #endif // wxUSE_PRINTING_ARCHITECTURE
 }


@@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@ void wxDocManager::OnRedo(wxCommandEvent& event)
 
 void wxDocManager::OnUpdateFileOpen(wxUpdateUIEvent& event)
 {
 
 void wxDocManager::OnUpdateFileOpen(wxUpdateUIEvent& event)
 {

-    event.Enable( TRUE );
+    event.Enable( true );

 }
 
 void wxDocManager::OnUpdateFileClose(wxUpdateUIEvent& event)
 }
 
 void wxDocManager::OnUpdateFileClose(wxUpdateUIEvent& event)


@@ -1092,7 +1092,7 @@ void wxDocManager::OnUpdateFileRevert(wxUpdateUIEvent& event)
 
 void wxDocManager::OnUpdateFileNew(wxUpdateUIEvent& event)
 {
 
 void wxDocManager::OnUpdateFileNew(wxUpdateUIEvent& event)
 {

-    event.Enable( TRUE );
+    event.Enable( true );

 }
 
 void wxDocManager::OnUpdateFileSave(wxUpdateUIEvent& event)
 }
 
 void wxDocManager::OnUpdateFileSave(wxUpdateUIEvent& event)


@@ -1111,7 +1111,7 @@ void wxDocManager::OnUpdateUndo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event)
 {
     wxDocument *doc = GetCurrentDocument();
     if (!doc)
 {
     wxDocument *doc = GetCurrentDocument();
     if (!doc)

-        event.Enable(FALSE);
+        event.Enable(false);

     else if (!doc->GetCommandProcessor())
         event.Skip();
     else
     else if (!doc->GetCommandProcessor())
         event.Skip();
     else


@@ -1125,7 +1125,7 @@ void wxDocManager::OnUpdateRedo(wxUpdateUIEvent& event)
 {
     wxDocument *doc = GetCurrentDocument();
     if (!doc)
 {
     wxDocument *doc = GetCurrentDocument();
     if (!doc)

-        event.Enable(FALSE);
+        event.Enable(false);

     else if (!doc->GetCommandProcessor())
         event.Skip();
     else
     else if (!doc->GetCommandProcessor())
         event.Skip();
     else


@@ -1143,7 +1143,7 @@ void wxDocManager::OnUpdatePrint(wxUpdateUIEvent& event)
 
 void wxDocManager::OnUpdatePrintSetup(wxUpdateUIEvent& event)
 {
 
 void wxDocManager::OnUpdatePrintSetup(wxUpdateUIEvent& event)
 {

-    event.Enable( TRUE );
+    event.Enable( true );

 }
 
 void wxDocManager::OnUpdatePreview(wxUpdateUIEvent& event)
 }
 
 void wxDocManager::OnUpdatePreview(wxUpdateUIEvent& event)


@@ -1171,7 +1171,7 @@ bool wxDocManager::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event)
     if (view)
     {
         if (view->ProcessEvent(event))
     if (view)
     {
         if (view->ProcessEvent(event))

-            return TRUE;
+            return true;

     }
     return wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(event);
 }
     }
     return wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(event);
 }


@@ -1213,7 +1213,7 @@ wxDocument *wxDocManager::CreateDocument(const wxString& path, long flags)
         {
             if (docToClose)
             {
         {
             if (docToClose)
             {

-                if (!CloseDocument(docToClose, FALSE))
+                if (!CloseDocument(docToClose, false))

                 {
                     delete[] templates;
                     return NULL;
                 {
                     delete[] templates;
                     return NULL;


@@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ wxDocument *wxDocManager::CreateDocument(const wxString& path, long flags)
         {
             if (docToClose)
             {
         {
             if (docToClose)
             {

-                if (!CloseDocument(docToClose, FALSE))
+                if (!CloseDocument(docToClose, false))

                 {
                     return NULL;
                 }
                 {
                     return NULL;
                 }


@@ -1287,7 +1287,7 @@ wxDocument *wxDocManager::CreateDocument(const wxString& path, long flags)
     {
         if (docToClose)
         {
     {
         if (docToClose)
         {

-            if (!CloseDocument(docToClose, FALSE))
+            if (!CloseDocument(docToClose, false))

             {
                 return NULL;
             }
             {
                 return NULL;
             }


@@ -1369,7 +1369,7 @@ void wxDocManager::DeleteTemplate(wxDocTemplate *WXUNUSED(temp), long WXUNUSED(f
 // Not yet implemented
 bool wxDocManager::FlushDoc(wxDocument *WXUNUSED(doc))
 {
 // Not yet implemented
 bool wxDocManager::FlushDoc(wxDocument *WXUNUSED(doc))
 {

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 wxDocument *wxDocManager::GetCurrentDocument() const
 }
 
 wxDocument *wxDocManager::GetCurrentDocument() const


@@ -1387,7 +1387,7 @@ bool wxDocManager::MakeDefaultName(wxString& name)
     name.Printf(_("unnamed%d"), m_defaultDocumentNameCounter);
     m_defaultDocumentNameCounter++;
 
     name.Printf(_("unnamed%d"), m_defaultDocumentNameCounter);
     m_defaultDocumentNameCounter++;
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 // Make a frame title (override this to do something different)
 }
 
 // Make a frame title (override this to do something different)


@@ -1627,14 +1627,14 @@ wxDocTemplate *wxDocManager::SelectDocumentType(wxDocTemplate **templates,
         if (templates[i]->IsVisible())
         {
             int j;
         if (templates[i]->IsVisible())
         {
             int j;

-            bool want = TRUE;
+            bool want = true;

             for (j = 0; j < n; j++)
             {
                 //filter out NOT unique documents + view combinations
                 if ( templates[i]->m_docTypeName == data[j]->m_docTypeName &&
                      templates[i]->m_viewTypeName == data[j]->m_viewTypeName
                    )
             for (j = 0; j < n; j++)
             {
                 //filter out NOT unique documents + view combinations
                 if ( templates[i]->m_docTypeName == data[j]->m_docTypeName &&
                      templates[i]->m_viewTypeName == data[j]->m_viewTypeName
                    )

-                    want = FALSE;
+                    want = false;

             }
 
             if ( want )
             }
 
             if ( want )


@@ -1709,12 +1709,12 @@ wxDocTemplate *wxDocManager::SelectViewType(wxDocTemplate **templates,
         if ( templ->IsVisible() && !templ->GetViewName().empty() )
         {
             int j;
         if ( templ->IsVisible() && !templ->GetViewName().empty() )
         {
             int j;

-            bool want = TRUE;
+            bool want = true;

             for (j = 0; j < n; j++)
             {
                 //filter out NOT unique views
                 if ( templates[i]->m_viewTypeName == data[j]->m_viewTypeName )
             for (j = 0; j < n; j++)
             {
                 //filter out NOT unique views
                 if ( templates[i]->m_viewTypeName == data[j]->m_viewTypeName )

-                    want = FALSE;
+                    want = false;

             }
 
             if ( want )
             }
 
             if ( want )


@@ -1847,7 +1847,7 @@ wxDocChildFrame::~wxDocChildFrame()
 bool wxDocChildFrame::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event)
 {
     if (m_childView)
 bool wxDocChildFrame::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event)
 {
     if (m_childView)

-        m_childView->Activate(TRUE);
+        m_childView->Activate(true);

 
     if ( !m_childView || ! m_childView->ProcessEvent(event) )
     {
 
     if ( !m_childView || ! m_childView->ProcessEvent(event) )
     {


@@ -1855,10 +1855,10 @@ bool wxDocChildFrame::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event)
         if (!event.IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxCommandEvent)) || !GetParent() || !GetParent()->ProcessEvent(event))
             return wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(event);
         else
         if (!event.IsKindOf(CLASSINFO(wxCommandEvent)) || !GetParent() || !GetParent()->ProcessEvent(event))
             return wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(event);
         else

-            return TRUE;
+            return true;

     }
     else
     }
     else

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

 }
 
 void wxDocChildFrame::OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event)
 }
 
 void wxDocChildFrame::OnActivate(wxActivateEvent& event)


@@ -1874,12 +1874,12 @@ void wxDocChildFrame::OnCloseWindow(wxCloseEvent& event)
     if (m_childView)
     {
         bool ans = event.CanVeto()
     if (m_childView)
     {
         bool ans = event.CanVeto()

-                    ? m_childView->Close(FALSE) // FALSE means don't delete associated window
-                    : TRUE; // Must delete.
+                    ? m_childView->Close(false) // false means don't delete associated window
+                    : true; // Must delete.

 
         if (ans)
         {
 
         if (ans)
         {

-            m_childView->Activate(FALSE);
+            m_childView->Activate(false);

             delete m_childView;
             m_childView = (wxView *) NULL;
             m_childDocument = (wxDocument *) NULL;
             delete m_childView;
             m_childView = (wxView *) NULL;
             m_childDocument = (wxDocument *) NULL;


@@ -1959,7 +1959,7 @@ bool wxDocParentFrame::ProcessEvent(wxEvent& event)
     if (!m_docManager || !m_docManager->ProcessEvent(event))
         return wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(event);
     else
     if (!m_docManager || !m_docManager->ProcessEvent(event))
         return wxEvtHandler::ProcessEvent(event);
     else

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

 }
 
 // Define the behaviour for the frame closing
 }
 
 // Define the behaviour for the frame closing


@@ -2018,7 +2018,7 @@ bool wxDocPrintout::OnPrintPage(int WXUNUSED(page))
     {
         m_printoutView->OnDraw(dc);
     }
     {
         m_printoutView->OnDraw(dc);
     }

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxDocPrintout::HasPage(int pageNum)
 }
 
 bool wxDocPrintout::HasPage(int pageNum)


@@ -2029,9 +2029,9 @@ bool wxDocPrintout::HasPage(int pageNum)
 bool wxDocPrintout::OnBeginDocument(int startPage, int endPage)
 {
     if (!wxPrintout::OnBeginDocument(startPage, endPage))
 bool wxDocPrintout::OnBeginDocument(int startPage, int endPage)
 {
     if (!wxPrintout::OnBeginDocument(startPage, endPage))

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 void wxDocPrintout::GetPageInfo(int *minPage, int *maxPage, int *selPageFrom, int *selPageTo)
 }
 
 void wxDocPrintout::GetPageInfo(int *minPage, int *maxPage, int *selPageFrom, int *selPageTo)


@@ -2343,7 +2343,7 @@ bool wxTransferFileToStream(const wxString& filename, wxSTD ostream& stream)
 {
     wxFFile file(filename, _T("rb"));
     if ( !file.IsOpened() )
 {
     wxFFile file(filename, _T("rb"));
     if ( !file.IsOpened() )

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     char buf[4096];
 
 
     char buf[4096];
 


@@ -2352,22 +2352,22 @@ bool wxTransferFileToStream(const wxString& filename, wxSTD ostream& stream)
     {
         nRead = file.Read(buf, WXSIZEOF(buf));
         if ( file.Error() )
     {
         nRead = file.Read(buf, WXSIZEOF(buf));
         if ( file.Error() )

-            return FALSE;
+            return false;

 
         stream.write(buf, nRead);
         if ( !stream )
 
         stream.write(buf, nRead);
         if ( !stream )

-            return FALSE;
+            return false;

     }
     while ( !file.Eof() );
 
     }
     while ( !file.Eof() );
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxTransferStreamToFile(wxSTD istream& stream, const wxString& filename)
 {
     wxFFile file(filename, _T("wb"));
     if ( !file.IsOpened() )
 }
 
 bool wxTransferStreamToFile(wxSTD istream& stream, const wxString& filename)
 {
     wxFFile file(filename, _T("wb"));
     if ( !file.IsOpened() )

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     char buf[4096];
     do
 
     char buf[4096];
     do


@@ -2376,12 +2376,12 @@ bool wxTransferStreamToFile(wxSTD istream& stream, const wxString& filename)
         if ( !stream.bad() ) // fail may be set on EOF, don't use operator!()
         {
             if ( !file.Write(buf, stream.gcount()) )
         if ( !stream.bad() ) // fail may be set on EOF, don't use operator!()
         {
             if ( !file.Write(buf, stream.gcount()) )

-                return FALSE;
+                return false;

         }
     }
     while ( !stream.eof() );
 
         }
     }
     while ( !stream.eof() );
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 #else // !wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
 }
 
 #else // !wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM


@@ -2390,7 +2390,7 @@ bool wxTransferFileToStream(const wxString& filename, wxOutputStream& stream)
 {
     wxFFile file(filename, _T("rb"));
     if ( !file.IsOpened() )
 {
     wxFFile file(filename, _T("rb"));
     if ( !file.IsOpened() )

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     char buf[4096];
 
 
     char buf[4096];
 


@@ -2399,22 +2399,22 @@ bool wxTransferFileToStream(const wxString& filename, wxOutputStream& stream)
     {
         nRead = file.Read(buf, WXSIZEOF(buf));
         if ( file.Error() )
     {
         nRead = file.Read(buf, WXSIZEOF(buf));
         if ( file.Error() )

-            return FALSE;
+            return false;

 
         stream.Write(buf, nRead);
         if ( !stream )
 
         stream.Write(buf, nRead);
         if ( !stream )

-            return FALSE;
+            return false;

     }
     while ( !file.Eof() );
 
     }
     while ( !file.Eof() );
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 bool wxTransferStreamToFile(wxInputStream& stream, const wxString& filename)
 {
     wxFFile file(filename, _T("wb"));
     if ( !file.IsOpened() )
 }
 
 bool wxTransferStreamToFile(wxInputStream& stream, const wxString& filename)
 {
     wxFFile file(filename, _T("wb"));
     if ( !file.IsOpened() )

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

 
     char buf[4096];
     do
 
     char buf[4096];
     do


@@ -2423,11 +2423,11 @@ bool wxTransferStreamToFile(wxInputStream& stream, const wxString& filename)
 
         const size_t nRead = stream.LastRead();
         if ( !nRead || !file.Write(buf, nRead) )
 
         const size_t nRead = stream.LastRead();
         if ( !nRead || !file.Write(buf, nRead) )

-            return FALSE;
+            return false;

     }
     while ( !stream.Eof() );
 
     }
     while ( !stream.Eof() );
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 #endif // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM/!wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM
 }
 
 #endif // wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM/!wxUSE_STD_IOSTREAM

diff --git a/src/common/dynlib.cpp b/src/common/dynlib.cpp
index 32019ad7e764af9a13796365fe353f9407fe2942..95f14b9e21489322888c31eb9697d8b1209fd85e 100644 (file)
--- a/src/common/dynlib.cpp
+++ b/src/common/dynlib.cpp
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ void *wxDynamicLibrary::GetSymbol(const wxString &name, bool *success) const
     wxCHECK_MSG( IsLoaded(), NULL,
                  _T("Can't load symbol from unloaded library") );
 
     wxCHECK_MSG( IsLoaded(), NULL,
                  _T("Can't load symbol from unloaded library") );
 

-    bool     failed = FALSE;
+    bool     failed = false;

     void    *symbol = 0;
 
     wxUnusedVar(symbol);
     void    *symbol = 0;
 
     wxUnusedVar(symbol);


@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ void *wxDynamicLibrary::GetSymbol(const wxString &name, bool *success) const
             wxLogError(wxT("%s"), err);
         }
 #else
             wxLogError(wxT("%s"), err);
         }
 #else

-        failed = TRUE;
+        failed = true;

         wxLogSysError(_("Couldn't find symbol '%s' in a dynamic library"),
                       name.c_str());
 #endif
         wxLogSysError(_("Couldn't find symbol '%s' in a dynamic library"),
                       name.c_str());
 #endif

diff --git a/src/common/dynload.cpp b/src/common/dynload.cpp
index 5bb2496dff8b44063a705259fd032bfa60f153ec..854d7c3049f27648eba7911ca481d49f67d408d2 100644 (file)
--- a/src/common/dynload.cpp
+++ b/src/common/dynload.cpp
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ public:
     {
         wxPluginLibrary::ms_classes = new wxDLImports;
         wxPluginManager::CreateManifest();
     {
         wxPluginLibrary::ms_classes = new wxDLImports;
         wxPluginManager::CreateManifest();

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 
     virtual void OnExit()
     }
 
     virtual void OnExit()


@@ -123,10 +123,10 @@ bool wxPluginLibrary::UnrefLib()
     if ( m_linkcount == 0 || --m_linkcount == 0 )
     {
         delete this;
     if ( m_linkcount == 0 || --m_linkcount == 0 )
     {
         delete this;

-        return TRUE;
+        return true;

     }
 
     }
 

-    return FALSE;
+    return false;

 }
 
 // ------------------------
 }
 
 // ------------------------


@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ bool wxPluginManager::UnloadLibrary(const wxString& libname)
         wxLogDebug(_T("Attempt to unload library '%s' which is not loaded."),
                    libname.c_str());
 
         wxLogDebug(_T("Attempt to unload library '%s' which is not loaded."),
                    libname.c_str());
 

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     wxLogTrace(_T("dll"), _T("UnloadLibrary(%s)"), realname.c_str());
     }
 
     wxLogTrace(_T("dll"), _T("UnloadLibrary(%s)"), realname.c_str());


@@ -324,12 +324,12 @@ bool wxPluginManager::UnloadLibrary(const wxString& libname)
     if ( !entry->UnrefLib() )
     {
         // not really unloaded yet
     if ( !entry->UnrefLib() )
     {
         // not really unloaded yet

-        return FALSE;
+        return false;

     }
 
     ms_manifest->erase(ms_manifest->find(realname));
 
     }
 
     ms_manifest->erase(ms_manifest->find(realname));
 

-    return TRUE;
+    return true;

 }
 
 // ------------------------
 }
 
 // ------------------------


@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@ wxDllLoader::GetSymbol(wxDllType dllHandle, const wxString &name, bool *success)
         wxFAIL_MSG( _T("Using a library not loaded with wxDllLoader?") );
 
         if ( success )
         wxFAIL_MSG( _T("Using a library not loaded with wxDllLoader?") );
 
         if ( success )

-            *success = FALSE;
+            *success = false;

 
         return NULL;
     }
 
         return NULL;
     }


@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ wxLibrary *wxLibraries::LoadLibrary(const wxString& name)
 
     wxString libname = ConstructLibraryName(name);
 
 
     wxString libname = ConstructLibraryName(name);
 

-    bool success = FALSE;
+    bool success = false;

     wxDllType handle = wxDllLoader::LoadLibrary(libname, &success);
     if(success)
     {
     wxDllType handle = wxDllLoader::LoadLibrary(libname, &success);
     if(success)
     {